1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
30 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
31 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
35 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
37 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
38 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
39 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
42 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
43 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
45 % redefine the greyed out note
46 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
47 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
49 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
54 \font_typewriter default
55 \font_default_family default
65 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
66 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
70 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
71 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
72 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
77 \pdf_pagebackref false
78 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
79 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
86 \paperorientation portrait
97 \paragraph_separation indent
99 \quotes_language english
102 \paperpagestyle default
103 \tracking_changes false
104 \output_changes false
120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
122 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
124 \begin_inset CommandInset href
126 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
137 \begin_inset Newline newline
141 \begin_inset Newline newline
145 \begin_inset Note Note
148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
149 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
150 \begin_inset Newline newline
155 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
163 \begin_layout Standard
164 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
165 LatexCommand tableofcontents
172 \begin_layout Chapter
176 \begin_layout Section
180 \begin_layout Standard
181 LyX is a document preparation system.
182 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
183 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
184 It is unlike most other
185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
192 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
194 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
206 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
211 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
215 \begin_layout Standard
216 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
229 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
233 \begin_layout Standard
235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
246 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
247 the format of all of the manuals.
248 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
249 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
266 \begin_layout Section
270 \begin_layout Standard
271 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
273 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
274 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
276 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
295 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
298 \begin_layout Standard
299 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
300 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
301 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
303 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
304 only a vertical scrollbar.
305 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
306 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
307 This, however, is due
308 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
309 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
310 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
311 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
313 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
314 this doesn't work for equations yet.
317 \begin_layout Standard
318 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
326 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
331 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
332 ing sections of this documentation.
335 \begin_layout Section
339 \begin_layout Standard
340 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
345 of the manuals from inside LyX.
346 Just select the manual you want read from the
353 \begin_layout Section
355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
357 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
364 \begin_layout Standard
365 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
366 without resorting to configuration files.
367 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
368 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
369 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
384 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
385 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
386 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
387 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
389 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
397 Reconfiguration of LyX
402 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
405 \begin_layout Section
407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
409 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
416 \begin_layout Standard
417 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
418 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
441 that will be created when using the menu
443 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
462 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
463 \begin_inset Note Note
466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
467 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
475 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
476 More on ERT is described in section
481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
487 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
494 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
508 Reconfiguration of LyX
516 \begin_layout Chapter
520 \begin_layout Section
521 Basic File Operations
525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
534 \begin_layout Standard
539 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
543 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_layout Itemize
567 \begin_layout Itemize
573 \begin_layout Itemize
579 \begin_layout Itemize
585 \begin_layout Itemize
595 \begin_layout Itemize
609 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
625 \begin_layout Itemize
631 \begin_layout Itemize
637 \begin_layout Itemize
643 \begin_layout Standard
644 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
645 a few minor differences.
648 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
663 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
664 you for a template to use.
665 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
666 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
667 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
675 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
682 \begin_layout Standard
684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
707 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
708 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
711 \begin_layout Standard
732 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
737 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
762 will reload the document from disk.
763 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
764 and want to restore it to the last save.
773 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
774 can identify this as your changes.
777 \begin_layout Section
778 Basic Editing Features
782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
791 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
798 \begin_layout Standard
799 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
800 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
801 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
802 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
804 We'll start with cut and paste.
807 \begin_layout Standard
808 As you might expect, the
812 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
813 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
817 \begin_layout Itemize
823 \begin_layout Itemize
829 \begin_layout Itemize
835 \begin_layout Itemize
845 \begin_layout Itemize
855 \begin_layout Itemize
869 \begin_layout Standard
870 The first three are self-explanatory.
871 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
872 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
881 keys also functions as the
886 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
887 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
892 to get back the lost text.
895 \begin_layout Standard
899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
905 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
914 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
917 \begin_layout Standard
920 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
925 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
936 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
942 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
951 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
952 will start a new paragraph.
955 \begin_layout Standard
959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
977 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1006 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1009 \begin_inset space ~
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1023 button to skip the current word.
1027 \begin_inset space ~
1032 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1036 \begin_inset space ~
1041 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1043 If the toggle is set, searching for
1044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1055 will not match the word
1056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1070 Match whole words only
1072 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1100 \begin_layout Standard
1101 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1102 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1104 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1109 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1116 \begin_layout Section
1121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1140 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1147 \begin_layout Standard
1148 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1149 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1152 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1155 to undo some mistake.
1156 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1158 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1176 it was last saved, the
1177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1184 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1185 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1188 \begin_layout Standard
1197 work on almost everything in LyX.
1198 They have some quirks, too.
1207 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1208 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1216 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1217 surely appreciate how it works.
1220 \begin_layout Section
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1234 \begin_layout Standard
1235 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1238 \begin_layout Enumerate
1243 \begin_layout Itemize
1248 once anywhere in the edit window.
1249 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1253 \begin_layout Enumerate
1258 \begin_layout Itemize
1264 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1267 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1270 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1273 \begin_layout Itemize
1274 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1276 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1283 \begin_layout Enumerate
1284 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1288 \begin_layout Standard
1293 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1294 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1295 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1299 \begin_layout Enumerate
1304 \begin_layout Standard
1309 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1314 \begin_layout Section
1316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1318 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1335 \begin_layout Standard
1336 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1337 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1339 LyX's default is CUA.
1342 \begin_layout Standard
1346 \begin_inset space ~
1354 \begin_inset space ~
1375 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1379 \begin_layout Labeling
1380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1384 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1385 LatexCommand nomenclature
1387 description "Tabulator key"
1393 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1394 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1395 \begin_inset space ~
1399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1401 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1406 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1408 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1412 , especially section
1413 \begin_inset space ~
1417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1419 reference "sub:Lists"
1425 If you're still confused, look in the
1432 \begin_layout Labeling
1433 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1437 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1438 LatexCommand nomenclature
1440 description "Escape key"
1447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1454 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1455 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1458 \begin_layout Labeling
1459 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1465 \begin_inset space ~
1469 \begin_inset space ~
1476 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1477 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1481 \begin_layout Standard
1482 There are three modifier keys:
1485 \begin_layout Labeling
1486 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1504 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1505 LatexCommand nomenclature
1507 description "Control key"
1511 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1512 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1516 \begin_layout Itemize
1525 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1528 \begin_layout Itemize
1537 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1540 \begin_layout Itemize
1549 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1553 \begin_layout Labeling
1554 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1572 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1573 LatexCommand nomenclature
1575 description "Shift key"
1579 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1580 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1583 \begin_layout Labeling
1584 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1602 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1603 LatexCommand nomenclature
1605 description "Meta or Alt key"
1609 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1610 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1611 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1617 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1619 menu accelerator keys
1622 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1623 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1627 \begin_layout Standard
1628 For example, the sequence
1629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1635 \begin_inset space ~
1639 \begin_inset space ~
1645 \begin_inset space ~
1653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1676 \begin_inset space ~
1682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1692 \begin_layout Standard
1693 There are also other things bound to the
1697 key, but you'll have to check in the
1709 \begin_layout Standard
1710 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1711 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1712 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1713 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1714 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1715 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1716 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1732 followed by a capital
1738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1756 \begin_layout Chapter
1761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1770 \begin_layout Section
1775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1784 \begin_layout Subsection
1788 \begin_layout Standard
1789 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1790 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1791 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1792 numbering schemes, and so on.
1793 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1794 and format the title of your document differently.
1797 \begin_layout Standard
1802 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1803 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1804 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1805 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1806 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1809 \begin_layout Standard
1810 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1811 how to adjust their properties.
1814 \begin_layout Subsection
1819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1828 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1835 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1839 \begin_layout Standard
1840 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1844 \begin_layout Description
1845 Article for basic articles
1848 \begin_layout Description
1849 Report for basic reports
1852 \begin_layout Description
1853 Book for writing a book
1856 \begin_layout Description
1857 Letter for US-style letters
1860 \begin_layout Standard
1861 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1863 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1864 can be found in chapter
1866 Special Document Classes
1875 \begin_layout Description
1876 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1879 \begin_layout Description
1886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1895 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1899 \begin_layout Description
1900 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1901 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1902 There are three article layouts available.
1903 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1904 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1905 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1906 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1911 sequential numbering
1912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1915 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1916 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1917 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1918 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1921 \begin_layout Description
1922 Beamer Layout for presentations
1925 \begin_layout Description
1926 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1927 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1931 \begin_layout Description
1933 \begin_inset space ~
1936 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1939 \begin_layout Description
1940 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1943 \begin_layout Description
1946 Die TeXnische Komödie
1948 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1951 \begin_layout Description
1952 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1955 \begin_layout Description
1956 Foils Used to make transparencies
1959 \begin_layout Description
1960 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1963 \begin_layout Description
1964 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1965 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1969 \begin_layout Description
1970 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1971 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1974 \begin_layout Description
1975 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1978 \begin_layout Description
1979 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1982 \begin_layout Description
1983 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1984 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1987 \begin_layout Description
1988 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1991 \begin_layout Description
1996 LaTeX document class
1999 \begin_layout Description
2000 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2003 \begin_layout Description
2008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2015 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2016 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2018 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2021 \begin_layout Description
2022 Slides Used to make transparencies
2025 \begin_layout Description
2027 \begin_inset space ~
2030 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2031 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2034 \begin_layout Description
2035 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2038 \begin_layout Description
2043 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2046 \begin_layout Standard
2047 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2049 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2054 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2055 of the document classes.
2058 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2062 \begin_layout Standard
2063 You can select a class using the
2065 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2079 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2083 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2105 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2107 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2109 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2123 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2124 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2125 installed by default.
2126 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2127 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2131 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2135 \begin_layout Standard
2136 Each class has a default set of options.
2137 Here's a quick table describing them:
2140 \begin_layout Standard
2141 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2147 \begin_layout Standard
2149 \begin_inset Tabular
2150 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2154 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2155 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2156 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 \begin_layout Standard
2611 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2617 \begin_layout Standard
2618 You're probably also wondering what
2619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2623 \begin_inset space ~
2627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2631 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2632 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2637 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2642 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2652 headings, there are also
2660 headings, and so on.
2661 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2662 \begin_inset space ~
2666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2668 reference "sub:Headings"
2675 \begin_layout Subsection
2680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2689 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2708 \begin_layout Standard
2709 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2711 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2722 \begin_inset space ~
2727 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2729 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2730 to use for your document.
2731 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2735 \begin_layout Standard
2739 \begin_inset space ~
2748 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2749 You can choose between the following five options:
2752 \begin_layout Labeling
2753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2758 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2761 \begin_layout Labeling
2762 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2767 No page numbers or headings.
2770 \begin_layout Labeling
2771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2779 \begin_layout Labeling
2780 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2785 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2786 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2787 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2790 \begin_layout Labeling
2791 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2796 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2806 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2812 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2813 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2815 Check the documentation for the
2819 package for more details,
2820 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2829 \begin_layout Standard
2834 of paragraphs is described in section
2835 \begin_inset space ~
2839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2841 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2848 \begin_layout Subsection
2849 Paper Size and Orientation
2853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2854 Document ! Paper size
2860 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2862 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2869 \begin_layout Standard
2870 You'll find the following options in the menu
2873 \begin_inset space ~
2878 of the dialog of the
2880 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2898 \begin_layout Labeling
2899 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2904 What size paper to print on.
2908 \begin_layout Itemize
2914 \begin_layout Itemize
2924 \begin_layout Itemize
2930 \begin_layout Itemize
2936 \begin_layout Itemize
2942 \begin_layout Itemize
2948 \begin_layout Itemize
2954 \begin_layout Labeling
2955 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2960 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2971 \begin_layout Labeling
2972 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2976 \begin_inset space ~
2981 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2982 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2985 \begin_layout Subsection
2990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3016 \begin_layout Standard
3017 Paper margins are set in the menu
3019 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3037 \begin_layout Standard
3038 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3039 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3040 the paper format and the font size into account.
3043 \begin_layout Subsection
3047 \begin_layout Standard
3048 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3053 That includes the paragraph environments.
3054 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3055 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3056 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3057 paragraph environments to
3061 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3062 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3063 the conversion and why it failed.
3066 \begin_layout Section
3067 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3072 Paragraph ! Indentation
3080 \begin_layout Subsection
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3084 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Standard
3092 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3093 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3096 \begin_layout Standard
3097 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3098 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3099 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3100 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3104 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3110 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3111 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3112 language than English.
3113 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3116 \begin_layout Standard
3117 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3118 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3120 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3121 LyX takes care of that.
3122 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3124 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3125 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3126 of a page, and so on.
3130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3131 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3136 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3137 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3141 of these pre-coded spacings.
3142 We'll explain more later.
3145 \begin_layout Subsection
3146 Paragraph Separation
3150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3151 Paragraph ! Separation
3159 \begin_layout Standard
3160 To separate paragraphs, select
3171 \begin_inset space ~
3178 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3191 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3192 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3193 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3196 \begin_layout Standard
3206 \begin_layout Standard
3207 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3208 \begin_inset space ~
3212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3214 reference "cap:Units"
3219 The default length is 30
3220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3226 \begin_layout Subsection
3230 \begin_layout Standard
3231 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3234 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3236 \begin_inset space ~
3241 dialog and toggle the
3244 \begin_inset space ~
3249 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3250 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3251 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3255 \begin_layout Standard
3256 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3257 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3260 \begin_layout Subsection
3265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3266 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3274 \begin_layout Standard
3277 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3290 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3293 \begin_inset space ~
3302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3303 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3312 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3317 installed to use this feature.
3325 \begin_layout Section
3326 Paragraph Environments
3330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3331 Paragraph ! Environments
3337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3339 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3348 Paragraph environments|(
3356 \begin_layout Subsection
3360 \begin_layout Standard
3361 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3364 \begin_layout Standard
3383 \begin_inset Newline newline
3386 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3387 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3388 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3397 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3400 \begin_layout Standard
3401 A paragraph environment is simply a
3402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3409 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3410 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3411 scheme, labels, and so on.
3412 Additionally, you can
3413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3420 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3421 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3422 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3423 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3424 days of typewriters.
3425 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3427 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3430 \begin_layout Standard
3431 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3433 LyX will change the environment of the
3437 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3438 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3439 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3443 \begin_layout Standard
3452 create a new paragraph using the
3456 paragraph environment.
3458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3465 because if you are in one of these environments:
3468 \begin_layout Itemize
3474 \begin_layout Itemize
3480 \begin_layout Itemize
3486 \begin_layout Itemize
3492 \begin_layout Itemize
3498 \begin_layout Itemize
3504 \begin_layout Itemize
3510 \begin_layout Standard
3511 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3515 , rather than resetting it to
3520 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3521 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3522 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3523 \begin_inset space ~
3527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3529 reference "sec:Nesting"
3534 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3539 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3540 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3548 \begin_layout Subsection
3552 \begin_layout Standard
3553 The default paragraph environment is
3558 It creates a plain paragraph.
3559 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3560 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3561 this manual) are in the
3568 \begin_layout Standard
3569 You can nest a paragraph using the
3573 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3581 \begin_layout Subsection
3586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3595 \begin_layout Standard
3596 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3605 for thanks or contact information.
3606 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3607 page along with today's date.
3608 For other types of documents, the title
3609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3616 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3620 \begin_layout Standard
3621 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3635 Here's how you use them:
3638 \begin_layout Itemize
3639 Put the title of your document in the
3646 \begin_layout Itemize
3647 Put the author name in the
3654 \begin_layout Itemize
3655 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3656 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3662 Note that using this environment is optional.
3663 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3664 If you don't want any date, add the line
3665 \begin_inset Newline newline
3675 \begin_inset Newline newline
3678 to the preamble of your document (menu
3680 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3686 \begin_layout Standard
3687 You can use footnotes to insert
3688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3695 or contact informations.
3698 \begin_layout Subsection
3703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3719 \begin_layout Standard
3720 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3721 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3724 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3730 Section headings ! Numbered
3738 \begin_layout Standard
3739 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3743 \begin_layout Enumerate
3749 \begin_layout Enumerate
3755 \begin_layout Enumerate
3761 \begin_layout Enumerate
3767 \begin_layout Enumerate
3773 \begin_layout Enumerate
3779 \begin_layout Enumerate
3785 \begin_layout Standard
3786 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3787 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3788 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3791 \begin_layout Standard
3792 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3793 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3794 You group the book into chapters.
3795 LyX does similar grouping:
3798 \begin_layout Itemize
3803 is divided in either
3812 \begin_layout Itemize
3824 \begin_layout Itemize
3836 \begin_layout Itemize
3848 \begin_layout Itemize
3860 \begin_layout Itemize
3872 \begin_layout Standard
3873 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3881 Not all document types use the
3885 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3890 is the top-level heading.
3898 \begin_layout Standard
3903 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3904 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3906 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3908 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3918 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3924 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3932 \begin_layout Standard
3933 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3937 \begin_layout Enumerate
3943 \begin_layout Enumerate
3949 \begin_layout Enumerate
3955 \begin_layout Enumerate
3961 \begin_layout Enumerate
3967 \begin_layout Standard
3969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3976 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3977 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3978 table of contents, see section
3979 \begin_inset space ~
3983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3992 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3993 Changing the Numbering
3994 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3996 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4003 \begin_layout Standard
4004 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4005 in the Table of Contents.
4006 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4008 Certain classes start with
4022 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4032 This is something you can change.
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4038 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4058 \begin_inset space ~
4062 \begin_inset space ~
4067 you'll see two counters.
4072 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4074 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4079 Short Titles of Headings
4083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4084 Section headings ! Short titles
4093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4100 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4102 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4109 \begin_layout Standard
4110 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4111 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4112 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4113 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4116 \begin_layout Standard
4117 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4118 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4119 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4120 To specify a short title, use the menu
4122 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4124 \begin_inset space ~
4130 This will insert a box labeled
4131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4146 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4147 This also works for captions inside floats.
4150 \begin_layout Standard
4151 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4154 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4158 \begin_layout Standard
4159 The following information applies to all section headings:
4162 \begin_layout Itemize
4163 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4166 \begin_layout Itemize
4167 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4170 \begin_layout Itemize
4171 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4174 \begin_layout Itemize
4175 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4178 \begin_layout Subsection
4179 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4197 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4198 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4199 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4200 the text they contain.
4201 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4209 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4212 \begin_layout Standard
4213 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4222 when you start a new paragraph.
4223 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4227 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4228 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4229 to change back to the
4233 environment yourself.
4236 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4265 \begin_layout Standard
4266 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4267 time for the differences.
4276 are identical except for one difference:
4280 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4289 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4292 \begin_layout Standard
4293 Here's an example of the
4306 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4308 See -- no indentation!
4312 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4313 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4314 the other paragraph.
4317 \begin_layout Standard
4318 Here's another example, this time in the
4325 \begin_layout Quotation
4331 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4332 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4333 the first line, then
4337 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4341 you were quoting other text.
4344 \begin_layout Quotation
4345 Here's a new paragraph.
4346 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4347 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4350 \begin_layout Standard
4351 As the examples show,
4355 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4356 They should put quotes in the
4361 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4365 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4368 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4405 \begin_layout Standard
4410 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4416 \begin_inset Newline newline
4419 Which I did not rehearse!
4423 It could be much worse.
4424 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4426 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4427 indented a bit more than the first.
4428 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4434 \begin_inset Newline newline
4437 And make things look fine
4438 \begin_inset Newline newline
4448 \begin_layout Standard
4453 does not indent both margins.
4454 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4455 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4466 \begin_layout Subsection
4471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4487 \begin_layout Standard
4488 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4498 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4507 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4508 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4509 some general features of all four of them.
4512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4516 \begin_layout Standard
4517 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4519 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4528 reset the environment to
4532 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4533 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4534 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4539 to break paragraphs.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4544 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4546 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4547 you read all of section
4548 \begin_inset space ~
4552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4554 reference "sec:Nesting"
4562 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4587 \begin_layout Standard
4588 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4592 paragraph environment.
4593 It has the following properties:
4596 \begin_layout Itemize
4597 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4601 \begin_layout Itemize
4602 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4605 \begin_layout Itemize
4606 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4610 \begin_layout Itemize
4611 The items can have any length.
4612 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4613 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4620 \begin_layout Itemize
4625 environment inside another
4629 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4633 \begin_layout Itemize
4634 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4637 \begin_layout Itemize
4638 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4641 \begin_layout Itemize
4643 \begin_inset space ~
4647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4649 reference "sec:Nesting"
4653 for a full explanation of nesting.
4657 \begin_layout Standard
4658 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4667 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4670 \begin_layout Standard
4671 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4672 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4673 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4676 \begin_layout Itemize
4677 The label for the first level
4681 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4685 \begin_layout Itemize
4686 The label for the second level is a dash.
4690 \begin_layout Itemize
4691 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4695 \begin_layout Itemize
4696 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4700 \begin_layout Itemize
4701 Back out to the third level.
4705 \begin_layout Itemize
4706 Back to the second level.
4710 \begin_layout Itemize
4711 Back to the outermost level.
4714 \begin_layout Standard
4715 These are the default labels for an
4720 You can customize these labels in the
4722 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4725 dialog in the submenu
4735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4744 \begin_layout Standard
4745 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4746 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4748 \begin_inset space ~
4752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4754 reference "sec:Nesting"
4761 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4779 name "sec:Enumerate"
4786 \begin_layout Standard
4791 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4792 It has these properties:
4795 \begin_layout Enumerate
4796 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4800 \begin_layout Enumerate
4801 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4805 \begin_layout Enumerate
4806 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4809 \begin_layout Enumerate
4814 environment resets the counter to one.
4817 \begin_layout Enumerate
4830 \begin_layout Enumerate
4831 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4832 Items can have any length.
4835 \begin_layout Enumerate
4836 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4839 \begin_layout Enumerate
4840 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4843 \begin_layout Enumerate
4844 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4848 \begin_layout Standard
4857 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4858 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4865 \begin_layout Enumerate
4866 The first level of an
4870 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4874 \begin_layout Enumerate
4875 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4879 \begin_layout Enumerate
4880 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4884 \begin_layout Enumerate
4885 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4888 \begin_layout Enumerate
4889 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4894 \begin_layout Enumerate
4895 Back to the third level
4899 \begin_layout Enumerate
4900 Back to the second level.
4904 \begin_layout Enumerate
4905 Back to the outermost level.
4908 \begin_layout Standard
4909 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4914 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4919 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4923 \begin_layout Standard
4924 There is more to nesting
4928 environments than we've stated here.
4929 You should read section
4930 \begin_inset space ~
4934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4936 reference "sec:Nesting"
4940 to learn more about nesting.
4943 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4961 name "sec:Description-List"
4968 \begin_layout Standard
4969 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4973 list has no fixed label.
4974 Instead, LyX uses the first
4975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4982 of the first line as the label.
4986 \begin_layout Description
4987 Example: This is an example of the
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4999 \begin_layout Standard
5001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5008 it is meant that the first hit of the
5012 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5014 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5026 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5028 \begin_inset space ~
5034 \begin_inset space ~
5038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5040 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5044 for more info.) Here is an example:
5047 \begin_layout Description
5049 \begin_inset space ~
5052 Example: This one shows how to use a
5055 \begin_inset space ~
5067 \begin_layout Description
5068 Usage: You should use the
5072 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5073 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5075 It's not a good idea to use a
5079 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5080 You're better off using
5092 paragraphs into them.
5095 \begin_layout Description
5096 Nesting: You can nest
5100 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5104 \begin_layout Standard
5105 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5106 them from the first line.
5109 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5119 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5134 \begin_layout Standard
5139 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5143 \begin_layout Standard
5152 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5153 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5156 \begin_layout Labeling
5157 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5159 \begin_inset space ~
5162 labels LyX uses the first
5163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5170 of each line as the item label.
5175 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5176 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5177 blank as described above.
5180 \begin_layout Labeling
5181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5182 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5183 the body of the item text.
5184 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5185 label width plus a little extra space.
5189 \begin_layout Labeling
5190 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5192 \begin_inset space ~
5195 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5197 If the label width is larger, the label
5198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5205 into the first line.
5206 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5207 margin of the rest of the item text.
5210 \begin_layout Labeling
5211 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5213 \begin_inset space ~
5216 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5221 environment have the same left margin.
5222 \begin_inset Newline newline
5225 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5228 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5230 \begin_inset space ~
5239 \begin_inset space ~
5244 determines the default label width.
5245 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5254 multiple times instead.
5255 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5264 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5267 \begin_inset space ~
5272 every time you alter a label in a
5277 \begin_inset Newline newline
5280 The predefined default width is the length of
5281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5290 \begin_inset Newline newline
5294 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5302 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5303 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5311 \begin_layout Standard
5316 environment the same way like the
5320 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5326 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5330 \begin_layout Standard
5335 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5337 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5339 \begin_inset space ~
5343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5345 reference "sec:Nesting"
5349 to learn about nesting.
5352 \begin_layout Standard
5353 There is yet another feature of the
5357 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5359 You can use additional
5363 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5369 \begin_inset space ~
5373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5375 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5380 Here are some examples:
5383 \begin_layout Labeling
5384 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5385 Left The default for
5392 \begin_layout Labeling
5393 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5394 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5401 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5404 \begin_layout Labeling
5405 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5406 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5410 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5417 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5420 \begin_layout Subsection
5425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5434 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5450 \begin_layout Standard
5451 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5459 \begin_inset space ~
5465 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5466 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5467 In contrast, you can use the
5474 \begin_inset space ~
5479 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5480 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5484 \begin_layout Standard
5485 Of course, you're not limited to using
5492 \begin_inset space ~
5501 \begin_inset space ~
5506 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5507 some European academic papers.
5510 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5514 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5521 \begin_layout Standard
5526 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5527 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5531 \begin_inset space ~
5536 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5537 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5538 Here's an example of each:
5541 \begin_layout Right Address
5543 \begin_inset Newline newline
5547 \begin_inset Newline newline
5551 \begin_inset Newline newline
5554 When is it? What is today?
5557 \begin_layout Standard
5561 \begin_inset space ~
5567 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5568 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5569 Here's an example of the
5576 \begin_layout Address
5578 \begin_inset Newline newline
5581 Where do I send this
5582 \begin_inset Newline newline
5585 Your post office and country
5588 \begin_layout Standard
5589 As you can see, both
5596 \begin_inset space ~
5601 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5606 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5612 This makes sense, since
5620 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5621 Thus, you have to use
5632 \begin_inset space ~
5635 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5637 \begin_inset space ~
5646 menu) to start a new line in an
5653 \begin_inset space ~
5661 \begin_layout Subsection
5665 \begin_layout Standard
5666 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5667 or list of references.
5668 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5687 \begin_layout Standard
5692 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5693 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5694 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5695 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5699 in anything else or vice versa.
5705 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5706 The book document classes ignores the
5710 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5714 in a letter document class.
5717 \begin_layout Standard
5722 environment does several things for you.
5723 First, it puts the centered label
5724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5732 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5734 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5735 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5736 the subsequent text.
5737 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5738 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5741 \begin_layout Standard
5742 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5746 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5747 The new paragraph will still be in the
5752 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5753 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5756 \begin_layout Standard
5757 \begin_inset Float figure
5762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5764 \begin_inset Graphics
5765 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5774 \begin_inset Caption
5776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5779 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5800 \begin_layout Standard
5801 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5805 environment, but since this document is in the
5806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5813 class, we can't do this.
5814 We inserted it therefore as figure
5815 \begin_inset space ~
5819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5821 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5826 If you've never heard of an
5827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5834 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5837 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5855 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5862 \begin_layout Standard
5867 environment is used to list references.
5868 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5869 only use it at the end of the document.
5874 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5877 \begin_layout Standard
5878 When you first open a
5882 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5898 depending on the document class.
5899 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5900 Each paragraph of the
5904 environment is a bibliography entry.
5909 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5910 Each new paragraph is still in the
5917 \begin_layout Standard
5918 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5920 \begin_inset space ~
5924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5926 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5933 \begin_layout Subsection
5940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5941 Paragraph ! LyX code
5947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5956 \begin_layout Standard
5961 environment is another LyX extension.
5962 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5967 key as a fixed whitespace;
5971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5983 \begin_inset space ~
5988 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5993 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5994 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6012 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6013 So, when you finish using the
6017 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6018 Also, you can nest the
6022 environment inside of others.
6025 \begin_layout Standard
6026 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6029 \begin_layout Itemize
6034 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6046 \begin_layout Itemize
6059 \begin_layout Itemize
6064 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6071 \begin_layout Itemize
6080 \begin_layout Itemize
6081 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6082 You must put at least one
6086 in any line you want blank.
6087 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6090 \begin_layout Itemize
6091 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6095 since that will insert
6100 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6108 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6111 \begin_layout Standard
6115 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6119 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6123 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6127 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6131 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6132 printf("Hello World!
6137 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6141 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6145 \begin_layout Standard
6146 This is just the standard
6147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6158 \begin_layout Standard
6163 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6164 rc-files, and so on.
6165 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6166 as if you used a typewriter.
6170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6171 Paragraph environments|)
6179 \begin_layout Section
6180 Nesting Environments
6184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6185 Nesting ! Environments
6191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6200 \begin_layout Subsection
6204 \begin_layout Standard
6205 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6207 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6209 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6211 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6223 \begin_layout Enumerate
6227 \begin_layout Enumerate
6232 \begin_layout Enumerate
6236 \begin_layout Enumerate
6241 \begin_layout Enumerate
6245 \begin_layout Standard
6246 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6247 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6250 \begin_inset space ~
6254 \begin_inset space ~
6262 \begin_inset space ~
6266 \begin_inset space ~
6275 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6276 will tell you how far you are nested).
6277 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6278 \begin_inset Graphics
6279 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6284 \begin_inset Graphics
6285 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6289 or the convenient key bindings
6297 to change the nesting level.
6298 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6299 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6303 \begin_layout Standard
6304 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6305 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6306 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6307 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6310 \begin_layout Standard
6311 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6312 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6314 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6317 \begin_layout Subsection
6318 What You Can and Can't Nest
6321 \begin_layout Standard
6322 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6323 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6326 \begin_layout Standard
6327 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6328 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6329 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6332 \begin_layout Itemize
6333 Completely unnestable
6336 \begin_layout Itemize
6337 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6338 other things inside of them.
6341 \begin_layout Itemize
6342 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6346 \begin_layout Standard
6347 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6348 environments have them:
6351 \begin_layout Description
6352 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6353 Can't nest into them.
6357 \begin_layout Itemize
6363 \begin_layout Itemize
6369 \begin_layout Itemize
6377 \begin_layout Itemize
6383 \begin_layout Itemize
6389 \begin_layout Itemize
6397 \begin_layout Itemize
6403 \begin_layout Itemize
6409 \begin_layout Itemize
6415 \begin_layout Itemize
6421 \begin_layout Itemize
6427 \begin_layout Itemize
6433 \begin_layout Itemize
6439 \begin_layout Itemize
6445 \begin_layout Itemize
6451 \begin_layout Itemize
6457 \begin_layout Itemize
6464 \begin_layout Description
6466 \begin_inset space ~
6469 Nestable You can nest them.
6470 You can nest other things into them.
6474 \begin_layout Itemize
6480 \begin_layout Itemize
6486 \begin_layout Itemize
6492 \begin_layout Itemize
6498 \begin_layout Itemize
6504 \begin_layout Itemize
6510 \begin_layout Itemize
6516 \begin_layout Itemize
6523 \begin_layout Description
6524 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6525 You can't nest anything into them.
6529 \begin_layout Itemize
6535 \begin_layout Itemize
6539 \begin_inset space ~
6545 \begin_layout Itemize
6552 \begin_layout Standard
6557 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6561 \begin_inset space ~
6569 \begin_inset space ~
6577 \begin_layout Subsection
6578 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6583 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6589 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6591 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6598 \begin_layout Standard
6599 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6600 affected by nesting anyhow.
6604 \begin_layout Itemize
6608 \begin_layout Itemize
6612 \begin_layout Itemize
6616 \begin_layout Standard
6618 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6626 If you put a figure or a table in a
6630 , this is no longer true.
6635 Have a look at section
6636 \begin_inset space ~
6640 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6642 reference "sec:Floats"
6646 for more informations about
6653 \begin_layout Standard
6654 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6655 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6659 \begin_layout Standard
6660 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6668 of its own, it behaves just like a
6669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6676 paragraph environment.
6677 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6681 \begin_layout Standard
6682 Here's an example with a table:
6685 \begin_layout Enumerate
6690 \begin_layout Enumerate
6691 This is (a) and it's nested.
6695 \begin_layout Standard
6696 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6702 \begin_layout Standard
6704 \begin_inset Tabular
6705 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6707 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6708 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6792 \begin_layout Standard
6793 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6800 \begin_layout Enumerate
6802 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6806 \begin_layout Enumerate
6810 \begin_layout Standard
6811 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6814 \begin_layout Enumerate
6819 \begin_layout Enumerate
6820 This is (a) and it's nested.
6824 \begin_layout Standard
6825 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6831 \begin_layout Standard
6833 \begin_inset Tabular
6834 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6836 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6837 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6921 \begin_layout Standard
6922 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6928 \begin_layout Enumerate
6935 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6938 \begin_layout Enumerate
6942 \begin_layout Standard
6943 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6947 \begin_layout Standard
6948 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6950 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6953 \begin_layout Enumerate
6958 \begin_layout Enumerate
6959 This is (a) and it's nested.
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6963 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6969 \begin_layout Standard
6971 \begin_inset Tabular
6972 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6974 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6975 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7059 \begin_layout Standard
7060 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7068 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7076 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 \begin_layout Standard
7081 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7087 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7088 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7092 \begin_layout Subsection
7093 Usage and General Features
7094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7096 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7103 \begin_layout Standard
7104 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7113 is the innermost possible depth.
7114 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7117 \begin_layout Enumerate
7118 level #1 - outermost
7122 \begin_layout Enumerate
7127 \begin_layout Enumerate
7132 \begin_layout Enumerate
7137 \begin_layout Itemize
7142 \begin_layout Itemize
7151 \begin_layout Standard
7152 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7153 both of them in the example.
7154 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7164 For example, if we tried to nest another
7169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7179 \begin_layout Subsection
7184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7193 \begin_layout Standard
7194 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7195 We have several examples of nested environments.
7196 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7200 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7201 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7204 \begin_layout Labeling
7205 \labelwidthstring MMM
7206 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7215 \begin_layout Labeling
7216 \labelwidthstring MMM
7217 #2-a This is level #2.
7218 We created it by using
7230 \begin_layout Labeling
7231 \labelwidthstring MMM
7232 #3-a This is level #3.
7233 This time, we just hit
7242 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7255 \begin_layout Standard
7260 environment, nested inside of
7261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7269 So, it's at level #4.
7270 We did this by hitting
7278 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7283 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7299 \begin_layout Standard
7304 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7311 \begin_layout Labeling
7312 \labelwidthstring MMM
7313 #4-a This is level #4.
7318 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7323 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7327 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7332 keep nesting things inside of
7333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7344 \begin_layout Labeling
7345 \labelwidthstring MMM
7346 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7351 \begin_layout Labeling
7352 \labelwidthstring MMM
7353 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7354 and this is level #6.
7355 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7359 \begin_layout Labeling
7360 \labelwidthstring MMM
7361 #5-b Back to level #5.
7374 \begin_layout Labeling
7375 \labelwidthstring MMM
7384 , we're back at level #4.
7388 \begin_layout Labeling
7389 \labelwidthstring MMM
7390 #3-b Back to level #3.
7391 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7395 \begin_layout Labeling
7396 \labelwidthstring MMM
7397 #2-b Back to level #2.
7402 \begin_layout Labeling
7403 \labelwidthstring MMM
7404 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7405 After this sentence, we'll hit
7409 and change the paragraph environment back to
7416 \begin_layout Standard
7417 We could have also used the
7433 environment in place of the
7438 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7441 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7442 Example 2: Inheritance
7445 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7446 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7449 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7459 , after which, we'll change to the
7467 \begin_layout Enumerate
7472 environment, at level #2.
7475 \begin_layout Enumerate
7476 Notice how the nested
7480 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7484 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7488 \begin_layout Standard
7489 We ended this example by hitting
7494 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7498 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7505 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7506 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7519 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7527 \begin_layout Enumerate
7528 This is level #1, in an
7532 paragraph environment.
7533 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7537 \begin_layout Enumerate
7548 Now, what happens if we nest an
7552 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7553 label be? An asterisk?
7557 \begin_layout Itemize
7567 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7568 So, its label is a bullet.
7569 (We got here by using
7577 , then changing the environment to
7585 \begin_layout Itemize
7586 Here's level #4, produced using
7595 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7600 \begin_layout Enumerate
7601 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7603 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7608 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7612 , because we are in the
7636 \begin_layout Enumerate
7641 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7642 type of numbering does LyX use?
7645 \begin_layout Enumerate
7646 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7650 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7653 \begin_layout Enumerate
7658 to decrease the depth after the next
7666 \begin_layout Enumerate
7668 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7672 \begin_layout Enumerate
7674 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7675 numeral as the label.Why?
7678 \begin_layout Enumerate
7679 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7688 Notice, however, that LyX
7692 reset the counter for the label.
7696 \begin_layout Enumerate
7705 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7706 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7707 into the twofold-nested
7715 \begin_layout Enumerate
7716 The same thing happens if we do another
7724 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7727 \begin_layout Standard
7728 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7733 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7747 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7753 The same rule applies for the
7757 environment, as well.
7760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7761 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7764 \begin_layout Enumerate
7765 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7766 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7767 same detail with how we did it.
7776 \begin_layout Standard
7779 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7781 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7782 example in parentheses someplace.
7783 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7784 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7785 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7789 \begin_layout Enumerate
7794 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7799 Now we'll add verse.
7800 \begin_inset Newline newline
7803 It will get much worse.
7804 \begin_inset Newline newline
7809 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7815 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7816 \begin_inset Newline newline
7819 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7820 \begin_inset Newline newline
7833 \begin_layout Standard
7834 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7840 \begin_layout Standard
7842 \begin_inset Tabular
7843 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7934 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7938 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7944 \begin_layout Enumerate
7949 : level #1) This is another item.
7950 Note that selecting a
7954 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7955 3 times to put the table inside the
7963 \begin_layout Quotation
7964 We're now ending the
7968 list and changing to
7973 We're still at level #1.
7974 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7975 The next set of paragraphs is a
7976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7990 \begin_inset space ~
7995 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7999 for the letter body.
8004 to preserve the depth.
8005 Remember that you need to use
8009 to create multiple lines inside the
8016 \begin_inset space ~
8026 \begin_layout Right Address
8028 \begin_inset Newline newline
8031 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8032 \begin_inset Newline newline
8038 \begin_layout Address
8040 \begin_inset space ~
8046 \begin_layout Quotation
8047 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8048 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8051 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8052 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8053 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8054 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8055 as soon as possible.
8056 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8059 \begin_layout Quotation
8060 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8061 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8062 with your order, along with payment.
8065 \begin_layout Quotation
8066 We thank you again for your patience.
8069 \begin_layout Address
8071 \begin_inset Newline newline
8078 \begin_layout Quotation
8079 That ends that example!
8082 \begin_layout Standard
8083 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8084 just a few keystrokes.
8085 We could have easily nested an
8106 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8109 \begin_layout Section
8110 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8123 \begin_layout Standard
8124 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8125 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8126 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8127 be broken at the end of a line.
8128 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8132 \begin_layout Subsection
8134 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8136 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8153 \begin_layout Standard
8154 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8156 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8160 Further documentation is given in section
8161 \begin_inset Newline newline
8165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8167 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8175 \begin_layout Standard
8176 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8185 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8191 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8200 A protected space is set with
8202 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8203 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8207 \begin_inset space ~
8221 \begin_layout Subsection
8223 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8225 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8234 Spacing ! Horizontal
8242 \begin_layout Standard
8243 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8245 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8246 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8250 The length units are listed in Appendix
8251 \begin_inset space ~
8255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8257 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8264 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8268 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8285 \begin_layout Standard
8287 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8291 \begin_inset space \space{}
8294 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8295 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8296 \begin_inset space ~
8300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8302 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8307 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8308 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8315 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8319 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8336 \begin_layout Standard
8338 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8342 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8345 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8354 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8355 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8356 inside abbreviations:
8361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8365 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8370 \begin_inset space \space{}
8376 \begin_layout Standard
8377 or between values and units.
8378 Compare for example this:
8379 \begin_inset Newline newline
8383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8387 \begin_inset Newline newline
8393 \begin_layout Standard
8394 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8396 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8397 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8399 \begin_inset space ~
8411 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8415 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8422 \begin_layout Standard
8423 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8426 \begin_layout Description
8428 \begin_inset space ~
8432 \begin_inset space ~
8436 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8440 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8444 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8447 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8450 \begin_layout Description
8452 \begin_inset space ~
8456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8460 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8464 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8468 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8475 em) space between the arrows.
8478 \begin_layout Description
8480 \begin_inset space ~
8484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8488 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8492 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8496 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8500 \begin_inset space ~
8504 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8507 em) space between the arrows.
8510 \begin_layout Description
8512 \begin_inset space ~
8516 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8520 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8524 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8528 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8532 \begin_inset space ~
8536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8539 em) space between the arrows.
8542 \begin_layout Description
8544 \begin_inset space ~
8548 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8552 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8557 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8564 cm space between the arrows.
8567 \begin_layout Standard
8569 \begin_inset space ~
8573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8575 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8579 lists the different space sizes.
8582 \begin_layout Standard
8583 \begin_inset Float table
8588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8590 \begin_inset Caption
8592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8595 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8599 Width of the different horizotal spaces.
8607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8609 \begin_inset Tabular
8610 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8613 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8677 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8725 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8740 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8781 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8809 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8830 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8848 \begin_layout Standard
8849 Horizontal fills (hfills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8850 in a uniform fashion.
8851 An hfill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8852 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8853 If there is more than one hfill on a line, they divide the available space
8854 equally between themselves.
8858 \begin_layout Standard
8859 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8864 This is on the left side
8865 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8868 This is on the right
8874 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8878 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8887 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8891 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8895 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8901 \begin_layout Standard
8902 That was an example in the
8908 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8912 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8916 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8919 is one in a standard paragraph.
8920 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8924 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8927 \begin_layout Standard
8928 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8929 Here's an example with the
8936 \begin_layout Labeling
8937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8939 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8943 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8947 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8951 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8957 \begin_layout Standard
8959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8966 marks the beginning of the item.
8967 (There is actually a
8968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8975 hfill inside of the label of the
8979 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) Hfills work
8981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8988 situations, like two-column mode.
8991 \begin_layout Standard
8992 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 If an hfill is at the beginning of a line, and
9004 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9005 This prevents hfills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9006 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9010 option in the space dialog.
9018 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9032 \begin_layout Standard
9033 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9035 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9038 \begin_layout Standard
9039 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9042 What is correct English?:
9043 \begin_inset Newline newline
9047 \begin_inset Newline newline
9051 \begin_inset space ~
9054 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9055 \begin_inset Newline newline
9062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9073 \begin_inset Newline newline
9080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9091 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9097 \begin_layout Standard
9098 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9103 \begin_inset space ~
9107 \begin_inset space ~
9111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9115 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9122 In our case write the command
9129 (note the space after
9130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9137 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9138 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9139 That is why it is named
9140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9152 There exists also the commands
9164 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9165 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9166 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9168 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9180 \begin_layout Subsection
9182 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9184 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9201 \begin_layout Standard
9202 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9204 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9205 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9207 \begin_inset space ~
9213 There you find the following sizes:
9216 \begin_layout Standard
9229 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9234 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9236 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9249 for the paragraph separation.
9250 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9261 \begin_layout Standard
9270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9276 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9277 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9279 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9280 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9289 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9298 s are described in section
9299 \begin_inset space ~
9303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9305 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9314 If there are several
9318 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9319 You can therefore use
9323 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9326 \begin_layout Standard
9331 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9332 \begin_inset space ~
9336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9338 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9345 \begin_layout Standard
9346 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9356 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9357 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9369 \begin_layout Subsection
9373 \begin_layout Standard
9374 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9376 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9380 There are four possibilities:
9383 \begin_layout Itemize
9389 \begin_layout Itemize
9395 \begin_layout Itemize
9401 \begin_layout Itemize
9407 \begin_layout Standard
9408 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9409 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9410 the left and right margins.
9411 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9414 \begin_layout Standard
9416 This paragraph is right aligned,
9419 \begin_layout Standard
9421 this one is centered,
9424 \begin_layout Standard
9426 this one is left aligned.
9429 \begin_layout Subsection
9434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9443 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9450 \begin_layout Standard
9451 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9452 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9453 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9454 Only if you use many
9458 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9461 \begin_layout Standard
9462 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9463 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9467 have to change the pagebreaking.
9470 \begin_layout Standard
9471 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9473 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9475 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9476 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9478 \begin_inset space ~
9484 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9486 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9487 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9489 \begin_inset space ~
9494 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9496 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9497 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9500 \begin_layout Standard
9501 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9502 at the top of a page.
9503 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9504 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9505 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9506 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9510 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9521 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9525 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9542 \begin_layout Standard
9543 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9544 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9545 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9546 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9547 if necessary by adding pages.
9550 \begin_layout Standard
9551 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9554 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9556 \begin_inset space ~
9562 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9565 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9567 \begin_inset space ~
9571 \begin_inset space ~
9576 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9577 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9580 \begin_layout Subsection
9585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9594 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9601 \begin_layout Standard
9602 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9604 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9606 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9607 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9609 \begin_inset space ~
9613 \begin_inset space ~
9623 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9625 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9626 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9628 \begin_inset space ~
9632 \begin_inset space ~
9637 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9639 This is necessary to avoid
9640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9647 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9650 \begin_layout Standard
9651 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9652 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9653 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9654 set a linebreak, e.g.
9655 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9656 \begin_inset space ~
9660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9662 reference "sec:Quote"
9667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9669 reference "sec:Verse"
9674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9676 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9683 \begin_layout Subsection
9685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9687 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9704 \begin_layout Standard
9709 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9710 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9712 \begin_inset space ~
9717 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9723 \begin_layout Section
9724 Fonts and Text Styles
9725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9727 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9734 \begin_layout Subsection
9739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9748 \begin_layout Standard
9749 There are two types of fonts:
9752 \begin_layout Description
9754 \begin_inset space ~
9761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9767 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9768 characters) in the font.
9769 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9770 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9771 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9772 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9773 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9774 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9775 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9776 provide a good image.
9777 \begin_inset Newline newline
9780 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
9781 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9782 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9783 sizes than at small ones.
9784 \begin_inset Newline newline
9798 \begin_inset space ~
9806 \begin_layout Description
9808 \begin_inset space ~
9815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9821 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9822 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9823 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9824 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9825 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9826 picture manipulation program.
9827 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9828 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9829 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9830 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9831 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9833 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9834 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9835 \begin_inset Newline newline
9838 Bitmap fonts are named
9841 \begin_inset space ~
9846 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9849 \begin_layout Standard
9850 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9851 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9852 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9853 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9857 \begin_layout Standard
9858 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9859 its document properties.
9862 \begin_layout Standard
9863 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9864 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9865 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9866 font to emphasize text, you use an
9867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9875 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9876 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9880 \begin_layout Subsection
9881 Document Font and Font size
9882 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9884 name "sub:Document-Font"
9892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9911 \begin_layout Standard
9912 You can set the document fonts in the
9914 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9928 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9929 font shapes roman (serif),
9932 \begin_inset space ~
9944 \begin_layout Standard
9945 The possible options for the font include
9949 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9954 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9976 European Computer Modern
9979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9989 \begin_layout Standard
9998 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9999 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10004 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10007 \begin_inset space ~
10012 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10018 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10019 There are three ways to use one:
10022 \begin_layout Itemize
10023 One way is to use the
10033 Virtual means that it
10034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10045 -glyphs from other fonts.
10046 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10068 Loading the LaTeX-package
10076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10077 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10082 with the document preamble line
10085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10090 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10094 will fix the guillemet problem.
10099 and that accented characters are not
10103 glyph, they are build of
10107 characters, the accent and the letter.
10108 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10112 fonts for words with accented characters.
10113 If you search for example for the French word
10114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10118 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10121 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10130 and not for the glyph
10131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10135 \begin_inset space ~
10139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10145 \begin_layout Itemize
10146 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10159 , consists of these three main font types
10162 \begin_inset space ~
10183 \begin_inset space ~
10193 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10197 \begin_inset space ~
10204 as typewriter font.
10205 \begin_inset Newline newline
10208 The differences between roman,
10211 \begin_inset space ~
10220 fonts are explained in section
10221 \begin_inset space ~
10225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10227 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10232 \begin_inset Newline newline
10238 \begin_inset space ~
10243 was originally designed for newspapers.
10244 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10245 into the small newspaper columns.
10249 \begin_inset space ~
10254 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10257 \begin_layout Itemize
10258 The best solution is to use the
10263 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10270 \begin_layout Standard
10271 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10274 For the font size there are four possible values:
10291 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10294 \begin_layout Standard
10295 The font sizes are the
10300 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10301 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10302 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10305 \begin_inset space ~
10311 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10312 \begin_inset space ~
10316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10318 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10325 \begin_layout Standard
10326 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10330 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10338 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10342 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10343 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10344 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10346 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10349 dialog, see section
10350 \begin_inset space ~
10354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10356 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10368 \begin_layout Subsection
10369 Using Different Character Styles
10373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10392 \begin_layout Standard
10393 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10394 certain paragraph environments.
10395 LyX supports two character styles,
10404 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10408 \begin_layout Standard
10413 style, do one of the following:
10416 \begin_layout Itemize
10417 click on the toolbar button
10418 \begin_inset Graphics
10419 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10426 \begin_layout Itemize
10430 \begin_inset space ~
10436 \begin_layout Standard
10437 These commands are all toggles.
10442 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10445 \begin_layout Standard
10446 One typically uses the
10450 style for proper names.
10452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10459 is the original author of LyX.
10460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10466 \begin_layout Standard
10467 A more widely used character style is the
10472 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10479 \begin_layout Itemize
10480 clicking on the toolbar button
10481 \begin_inset Graphics
10482 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10489 \begin_layout Itemize
10490 using the keybindings
10493 \begin_inset space ~
10499 \begin_layout Standard
10504 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10505 es use a different font.
10508 \begin_layout Standard
10509 We've been using the
10513 style all over the place in this document.
10514 Here's one more example:
10517 \begin_layout Quotation
10520 Don't overuse character styles!
10523 \begin_layout Standard
10524 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10525 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10526 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10527 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10531 \begin_layout Standard
10532 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10535 \begin_inset space ~
10542 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10544 \begin_inset space ~
10552 \begin_layout Subsection
10553 Fine-Tuning with the
10558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10560 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10577 \begin_layout Standard
10578 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10579 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10580 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10581 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10582 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10583 from ordinary dialog.
10586 \begin_layout Standard
10587 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10588 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10589 \begin_inset Newline newline
10592 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10593 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10596 \begin_layout Standard
10597 To use custom character styles, open the
10599 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10601 \begin_inset space ~
10607 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10608 font property which you can choose.
10609 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10612 \begin_inset space ~
10617 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10622 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10623 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10624 environments in a snap.
10627 \begin_layout Standard
10628 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10631 \begin_inset space ~
10643 \begin_layout Labeling
10644 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10658 The possible options are:
10662 \begin_layout Labeling
10663 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10668 This is the Roman font family.
10669 Normally a serif font.
10670 It's also the default family.
10675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10687 \begin_inset space ~
10696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10704 \begin_inset Note Note
10707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10708 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10709 It is explained in section
10710 \begin_inset space ~
10714 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10716 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10728 \begin_layout Labeling
10729 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10733 \begin_inset space ~
10740 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10759 \begin_inset space ~
10768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10778 \begin_layout Labeling
10779 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10786 This is the Typewriter font family.
10793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10805 \begin_inset space ~
10814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10827 \begin_layout Labeling
10828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10833 This corresponds to the print weight.
10838 \begin_layout Labeling
10839 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10844 This is the Medium font series.
10845 It's also the default series.
10848 \begin_layout Labeling
10849 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10856 This is the Bold font series.
10863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10875 \begin_inset space ~
10884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10895 \begin_layout Labeling
10896 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10901 As the name implies.
10906 \begin_layout Labeling
10907 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10912 This is the Upright font shape.
10913 It's also the default shape.
10916 \begin_layout Labeling
10917 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10931 s the Italic font shape
10937 \begin_layout Labeling
10938 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10945 This is the Slanted font shape
10947 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10950 \begin_layout Labeling
10951 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10955 \begin_inset space ~
10962 This is the Small caps font shape
10969 \begin_layout Labeling
10970 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10975 Alters the size of the font.
10976 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10977 nal to the document font size.
10978 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10979 what you want to do.
10984 \begin_layout Labeling
10985 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11019 \begin_inset space ~
11028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11051 \begin_inset space ~
11060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11070 \begin_layout Labeling
11071 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11105 \begin_inset space ~
11114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11124 \begin_layout Labeling
11125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11159 \begin_inset space ~
11168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11191 \begin_inset space ~
11200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11210 \begin_layout Labeling
11211 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11245 \begin_inset space ~
11254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11277 \begin_inset space ~
11286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11296 \begin_layout Labeling
11297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11311 It's also the default size.
11316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11328 \begin_inset space ~
11337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11360 \begin_inset space ~
11369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11379 \begin_layout Labeling
11380 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11414 \begin_inset space ~
11423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11446 \begin_inset space ~
11455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11465 \begin_layout Labeling
11466 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11500 \begin_inset space ~
11509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11532 \begin_inset space ~
11541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11551 \begin_layout Labeling
11552 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11586 \begin_inset space ~
11595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11605 \begin_layout Labeling
11606 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11640 \begin_inset space ~
11649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11672 \begin_inset space ~
11681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11691 \begin_layout Labeling
11692 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11726 \begin_inset space ~
11735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11758 \begin_inset space ~
11767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11778 \begin_layout Standard
11783 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11784 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11785 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11786 - use that instead.
11787 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11790 \begin_layout Labeling
11791 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11796 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11801 \begin_layout Labeling
11802 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11809 This is text with emphasize on
11812 This might seem like the same as
11816 , but it is actually a bit different.
11822 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11824 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11827 \begin_layout Labeling
11828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11835 This is text with Underbar on.
11842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11854 \begin_inset space ~
11863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11873 \begin_inset Newline newline
11878 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11879 when you couldn't change fonts.
11880 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11881 It's only included in LyX because some people
11885 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11888 \begin_layout Labeling
11889 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11896 This is text with Noun on.
11903 , this is a logical attribute.
11904 Normally it's equivalent to
11907 \begin_inset space ~
11916 \begin_layout Labeling
11917 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11922 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11923 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11927 \begin_inset space ~
11932 , which is the default
11933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11940 and means normally black, you can choose between
11976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11985 \begin_layout Labeling
11986 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11991 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11992 the language of the document.
11993 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11997 \begin_layout Standard
11998 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11999 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12001 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12003 \begin_inset space ~
12008 dialog, the settings are saved.
12009 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12010 \begin_inset Graphics
12011 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12016 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12017 when the dialog isn't visible.
12021 \begin_layout Standard
12022 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12025 \begin_inset space ~
12031 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12032 (suppose you just set the shape to
12033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12051 \begin_inset space ~
12063 \begin_layout Standard
12064 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12072 \begin_inset space ~
12084 \begin_layout Itemize
12090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12097 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12115 \begin_inset Newline newline
12122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12147 \begin_inset Note Note
12150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12151 For more on phantoms see section
12152 \begin_inset space ~
12156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12158 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12168 \begin_inset Newline newline
12174 \begin_layout Itemize
12179 fonts use characters with serifs.
12180 These are the small
12181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12188 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12189 The following example will show the difference:
12190 \begin_inset Newline newline
12194 \begin_inset Newline newline
12199 text without serifs
12202 \begin_inset Newline newline
12205 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12206 They are therefore used as default font (named
12213 \begin_layout Itemize
12219 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12220 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12223 \begin_layout Standard
12224 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12225 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12228 \begin_layout Section
12229 Printing and Previewing
12232 \begin_layout Subsection
12236 \begin_layout Standard
12237 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12238 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12239 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12240 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12241 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12244 \begin_inset space ~
12252 \begin_layout Standard
12253 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12254 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12255 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12256 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12257 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12258 This happens in two stages:
12261 \begin_layout Enumerate
12262 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12263 generating a file with the extension,
12264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12278 \begin_layout Enumerate
12279 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12283 file to produce printable output.
12287 \begin_layout Subsection
12288 Output file formats
12292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12299 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12301 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12314 File formats ! ASCII
12322 \begin_layout Standard
12323 This file type has the extension
12324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12336 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12340 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12347 \begin_layout Standard
12348 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12350 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12351 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12357 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12363 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12371 \begin_layout Standard
12372 This file type has the extension
12373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12384 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12386 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12387 it manually with console commands.
12388 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12389 you view or export your document.
12392 \begin_layout Standard
12393 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12395 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12396 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12413 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12427 \begin_layout Standard
12428 This file type has the extension
12429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12449 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12450 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12451 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12453 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12457 \begin_layout Standard
12458 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12466 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12467 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12472 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12473 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12474 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12475 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12478 \begin_layout Standard
12479 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12481 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12482 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12488 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12494 File formats ! PostScript
12502 \begin_layout Standard
12503 This file type has the extension
12504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12516 PostScript was developed by the company
12520 as printer language.
12521 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12523 PostScript can be seen as
12524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12527 programming language
12528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12531 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12536 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12546 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12556 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12559 \begin_layout Standard
12560 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12564 Encapsulated PostScript
12565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12568 (EPS, file extension
12569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12581 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12582 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12583 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12584 whenever you view or export your document.
12585 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12586 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12587 EPS to avoid this problem.
12590 \begin_layout Standard
12591 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12593 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12594 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12600 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12624 \begin_layout Standard
12625 This file type has the extension
12626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12642 Portable Document Format
12643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12646 (PDF) is developed by
12650 as derivative from PostScript.
12651 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12660 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12661 looks exactly the same.
12664 \begin_layout Standard
12665 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12669 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12673 (JPG, file extension
12674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12701 Portable Network Graphics
12702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12705 (PNG, file extension
12706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12718 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12719 in the background to one of these formats.
12720 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12721 will slow down your workflow.
12722 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12725 \begin_layout Standard
12726 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12728 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12731 in three different ways:
12734 \begin_layout Description
12735 PDF This uses the program
12739 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12740 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12744 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12745 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12748 \begin_layout Description
12750 \begin_inset space ~
12753 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12757 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12761 \begin_layout Description
12763 \begin_inset space ~
12766 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12770 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12773 \begin_layout Standard
12774 We recommend to use
12777 \begin_inset space ~
12786 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12792 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12795 \begin_layout Subsection
12800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12809 \begin_layout Standard
12810 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12811 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12815 and choose a file type.
12816 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12819 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12822 you can use the toolbar button
12823 \begin_inset Graphics
12824 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12834 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12836 \begin_inset space ~
12841 you can use the toolbar button
12842 \begin_inset Graphics
12843 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12850 \begin_layout Standard
12851 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12852 viewer window using the menu
12854 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12860 \begin_layout Standard
12861 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12863 To have a real output, export your document.
12866 \begin_layout Subsection
12867 Printing the File from within LyX
12868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12870 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12877 \begin_layout Standard
12878 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12879 it directly from within LyX.
12880 To print a file, select the menu
12882 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12885 or click on the toolbar button
12886 \begin_inset Graphics
12887 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12892 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12893 This file is then processed by the program
12897 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12902 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12905 \begin_layout Standard
12906 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12907 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12908 printing one set to print on the other side.
12909 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12910 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12911 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12914 \begin_layout Standard
12915 You can set the parameters in the
12918 \begin_inset space ~
12926 \begin_layout Labeling
12927 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12932 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12937 Note that this printer name is for the program
12946 has to be configured for this printer name.
12947 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
12948 \begin_inset space ~
12952 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12954 reference "sub:Printer"
12963 The printer should understand PostScript.
12966 \begin_layout Labeling
12967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12972 The name of a file to print to.
12973 The output will be a PostScript file.
12974 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12978 \begin_layout Section
12979 A few Words about Typography
12983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12992 \begin_layout Subsection
12997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13013 \begin_layout Standard
13015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13026 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13041 \begin_layout Enumerate
13043 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13047 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13065 \begin_layout Enumerate
13067 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13071 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13102 \begin_layout Enumerate
13104 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13108 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13152 \begin_layout Enumerate
13154 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13158 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13162 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13180 \begin_layout Standard
13181 You generate them by inserting the
13182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13193 character multiple times in a row.
13194 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13195 final output, but not in LyX.
13198 \begin_layout Standard
13199 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13200 math mode and has a length of its own.
13201 Here are some examples of the
13202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13216 \begin_layout Enumerate
13217 line- and page-breaks
13218 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13228 \begin_layout Enumerate
13230 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13240 \begin_layout Enumerate
13241 Oh --- there's a dash.
13242 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13252 \begin_layout Enumerate
13253 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13257 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13267 \begin_layout Subsection
13272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13279 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13281 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13288 \begin_layout Standard
13289 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13290 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13299 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13304 following the rules of the document language
13308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13309 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13317 \begin_inset space ~
13321 \begin_inset space ~
13328 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13339 \begin_layout Standard
13340 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13345 and with unusual constructs, like
13346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13354 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13355 This is done with the menu
13357 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13358 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13360 \begin_inset space ~
13366 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13367 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13370 \begin_layout Standard
13371 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13372 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13373 a hyphen and a space in the form
13374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13382 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13390 as hyphenation possibility.
13391 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13392 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13393 of the LaTeX-box-command
13399 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13400 As LyX doesn't support
13406 , we have to use ERT.
13407 The result looks in LyX like:
13410 \begin_layout Standard
13411 \begin_inset Graphics
13412 filename clipart/mbox.png
13419 \begin_layout Standard
13420 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section
13421 \begin_inset space ~
13425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13427 reference "sec:ERT"
13434 \begin_layout Subsection
13439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13448 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13449 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13452 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13459 \begin_layout Standard
13460 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13461 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13462 LaTeX then adds the
13463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13466 appropriate amount of space
13467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13471 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13473 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13476 \begin_layout Standard
13477 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13491 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13492 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13495 \begin_layout Standard
13496 Here are some examples of
13500 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13503 \begin_layout Itemize
13508 \begin_layout Itemize
13513 \begin_layout Standard
13514 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13517 \begin_layout Itemize
13520 this is too much space!
13523 \begin_layout Itemize
13528 \begin_layout Standard
13529 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13532 \begin_layout Standard
13533 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13536 \begin_layout Enumerate
13540 \begin_inset space ~
13545 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13546 \begin_inset space ~
13550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13552 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13561 Spaces ! inter-word
13569 \begin_layout Enumerate
13573 \begin_inset space ~
13578 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13579 \begin_inset space ~
13583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13585 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13602 \begin_layout Enumerate
13606 \begin_inset space ~
13610 \begin_inset space ~
13614 \begin_inset space ~
13621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13623 \begin_inset space ~
13628 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13629 This function is also bound to
13636 \begin_layout Standard
13637 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13640 \begin_layout Itemize
13642 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13646 \begin_inset space \space{}
13649 this is too much space!
13652 \begin_layout Itemize
13653 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13657 \begin_layout Standard
13658 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13659 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13660 LaTeX will care about this.
13663 \begin_layout Standard
13664 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13667 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13669 \begin_inset space ~
13674 feature described in section
13685 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13691 Typography ! Quotes
13700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13729 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13738 \begin_layout Standard
13739 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13740 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13741 and use a closing quote at the end.
13743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13751 The keyboard character,
13755 , generates this automatically.
13758 \begin_layout Standard
13759 You can change the behavior of the
13763 key using the submenu
13769 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13777 Document ! Settings
13785 \begin_layout Standard
13786 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13791 There are six choices:
13794 \begin_layout Labeling
13795 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13807 Use quotes like this
13808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13816 \begin_inset Quotes els
13820 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13826 \begin_layout Labeling
13827 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13830 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13834 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13840 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13844 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13848 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13854 \begin_layout Labeling
13855 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13858 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13862 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13868 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13872 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13876 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13880 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13886 \begin_layout Labeling
13887 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13890 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13894 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13900 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13904 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13908 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13912 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13918 \begin_layout Labeling
13919 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13922 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13926 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13932 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13936 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13940 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13944 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13950 \begin_layout Labeling
13951 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13954 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13958 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13964 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13968 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13972 \begin_inset Quotes als
13976 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13982 \begin_layout Standard
13983 These settings affects what character the
13990 \begin_layout Subsection
13995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13996 Typography ! Ligatures
14005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14036 name "sub:Ligatures"
14043 \begin_layout Standard
14044 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14045 print them as single characters.
14046 These groups are known as
14051 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14053 Here are the standard ligatures:
14056 \begin_layout Itemize
14060 \begin_layout Itemize
14064 \begin_layout Itemize
14068 \begin_layout Itemize
14072 \begin_layout Itemize
14076 \begin_layout Standard
14077 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14080 \begin_layout Standard
14081 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14082 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14090 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14106 To break a ligature, use
14108 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14109 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14111 \begin_inset space ~
14118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14129 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14146 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14154 \begin_layout Subsection
14159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14160 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14168 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14175 \begin_layout Standard
14176 You have surely noticed, that the word
14177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14184 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14185 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14186 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14206 \begin_inset Note Note
14209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14210 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
14211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14218 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14219 To create proper names omit the ERT.
14224 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14228 \begin_layout Description
14229 LyX The name of the game, write
14230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14251 \begin_layout Description
14252 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14274 \begin_layout Description
14275 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14297 \begin_layout Description
14298 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14320 \begin_layout Standard
14321 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14326 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14334 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14335 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14336 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14339 : The actual version is
14340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14347 , the previous one was
14348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14358 \begin_layout Standard
14359 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14360 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
14361 This will look in LyX like:
14362 \begin_inset Graphics
14363 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14368 \begin_inset Newline newline
14371 For more about ERT, look at section
14372 \begin_inset space ~
14376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14378 reference "sec:ERT"
14385 \begin_layout Subsection
14390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 \begin_layout Standard
14400 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14401 space between two words.
14402 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14412 for units use the menu
14414 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14415 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14417 \begin_inset space ~
14429 \begin_layout Standard
14430 Here's an example to show the differences:
14433 \begin_layout Standard
14434 \begin_inset Tabular
14435 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14437 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14438 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14445 \begin_inset space ~
14449 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14461 space between number and unit
14468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14477 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14489 half space between number and unit
14502 \begin_layout Subsection
14507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14508 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14514 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14523 \begin_layout Standard
14524 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14526 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14527 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14528 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14529 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14530 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14531 These dangly-bits of text became known as
14542 \begin_layout Standard
14543 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14544 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14545 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14546 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14547 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14548 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14549 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14552 \begin_layout Standard
14553 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14554 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14555 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14556 \begin_inset space ~
14560 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14562 key "latexcompanion"
14567 \begin_inset space ~
14571 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14577 ] may have more information.
14578 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14581 \begin_layout Chapter
14582 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14585 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14592 \begin_layout Standard
14593 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14598 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14601 \begin_layout Section
14606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14622 \begin_layout Standard
14623 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14626 \begin_layout Description
14628 \begin_inset space ~
14631 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14632 \begin_inset Newline newline
14636 \begin_inset Note Note
14639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14640 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14648 \begin_layout Description
14649 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14650 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14652 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14653 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14654 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14657 \begin_inset Newline newline
14661 \begin_inset Note Comment
14664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14665 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14673 \begin_layout Description
14675 \begin_inset space ~
14678 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14679 \begin_inset Newline newline
14683 \begin_inset Newline newline
14687 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14696 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14697 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14698 How this can be done is explained in the
14707 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14713 \begin_inset Newline newline
14717 \begin_inset Newline newline
14720 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14721 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14724 \begin_layout Description
14725 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14727 \begin_inset Box Framed
14736 height_special "totalheight"
14739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14740 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14745 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14746 \begin_inset space ~
14750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14752 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14756 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14760 \begin_layout Description
14761 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14762 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14771 height_special "totalheight"
14774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14775 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14780 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14781 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14784 \begin_layout Standard
14785 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14786 \begin_inset Graphics
14787 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14789 scaleBeforeRotation
14795 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14799 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14802 \begin_layout Section
14807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14816 name "sec:Footnotes"
14823 \begin_layout Standard
14824 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14827 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14830 or the toolbar button
14831 \begin_inset Graphics
14832 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14845 \begin_inset Graphics
14846 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14856 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14885 label, the box will
14889 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14890 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14903 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14919 \begin_layout Standard
14920 Here's an example footnote:
14928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14929 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14937 \begin_layout Standard
14938 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14939 position where the footnote box is placed.
14940 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14941 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14942 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14943 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14944 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14949 ey are described in the
14956 \begin_layout Section
14961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14970 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14977 \begin_layout Standard
14978 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14979 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14981 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14983 \begin_inset space ~
14988 or the toolbar button
14989 \begin_inset Graphics
14990 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15017 appearing within your text.
15018 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15027 \begin_layout Standard
15028 At the side is an example marginal note.
15032 \begin_inset Marginal
15035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15036 This is a marginal note.
15044 \begin_layout Standard
15045 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15046 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15047 pages, right on odd pages.
15050 \begin_layout Section
15051 Graphics and Images
15055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15072 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15074 name "sec:Graphics"
15081 \begin_layout Standard
15082 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15083 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15084 \begin_inset Graphics
15085 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15095 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15098 \begin_layout Standard
15099 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15104 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15105 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15106 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15108 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15109 \begin_inset space ~
15113 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15115 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15122 \begin_layout Standard
15127 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15128 of the image in the output.
15129 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15133 \begin_inset space ~
15137 \begin_inset space ~
15146 \begin_inset space ~
15150 \begin_inset space ~
15154 \begin_inset space ~
15159 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15160 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15168 \begin_layout Standard
15169 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15174 You can also set the
15178 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15179 This option is explained in section
15180 \begin_inset space ~
15184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15186 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15194 \begin_inset space ~
15199 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15200 image size is printed.
15203 \begin_layout Standard
15204 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15205 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15207 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15208 centered paragraph:
15211 \begin_layout Standard
15213 \begin_inset Graphics
15214 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15216 rotateOrigin center
15223 \begin_layout Standard
15224 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15225 the image into a float, see section
15226 \begin_inset space ~
15230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15232 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15239 \begin_layout Subsection
15244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15253 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15260 \begin_layout Standard
15261 You can insert images in any known file format.
15262 But as we explained in section
15263 \begin_inset space ~
15267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15269 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15273 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15274 LyX uses therefore the program
15278 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15279 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15280 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15281 \begin_inset space ~
15285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15287 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15294 \begin_layout Standard
15295 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15298 \begin_layout Description
15300 \begin_inset space ~
15303 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15304 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15305 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15309 Graphics Interchange Format
15310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15313 (GIF, file extension
15314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15361 Portable Network Graphics
15362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15365 (PNG, file extension
15366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15413 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15417 (JPG, file extension
15418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15476 \begin_layout Description
15478 \begin_inset space ~
15481 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15483 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15484 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15485 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15486 \begin_inset Newline newline
15489 Scalable image formats can be
15490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15493 Scalable Vector Graphics
15494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15497 (SVG, file extension
15498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15545 Encapsulated PostScript
15546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15549 (EPS, file extension
15550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15597 Portable Document Format
15598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15601 (PDF, file extension
15602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15624 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15625 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15626 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15632 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15640 \begin_layout Standard
15641 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15645 \begin_layout Section
15650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15657 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15666 \begin_layout Standard
15667 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15668 \begin_inset Graphics
15669 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15680 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15681 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15682 from the rest of the table.
15683 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15684 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15686 Here's an example table:
15689 \begin_layout Standard
15691 \begin_inset Tabular
15692 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15696 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15697 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15897 \begin_layout Subsection
15901 \begin_layout Standard
15902 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15903 brings up the table dialog.
15904 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15905 where the cursor is placed currently.
15906 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15907 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15908 done on all of your selection.
15911 \begin_layout Standard
15912 Additionally to the table dialog the
15915 \begin_inset space ~
15920 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15922 It is for example currently only possible to add
15923 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15927 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15930 delete lines via the table toolbar.
15933 \begin_layout Standard
15937 \begin_inset space ~
15942 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15943 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15944 current cell respectively.
15945 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15947 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15948 of text, see section
15949 \begin_inset space ~
15953 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15955 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15962 \begin_layout Standard
15963 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15969 This will merge the cells to
15973 cell, spread over more than one column.
15974 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15975 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15976 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15977 in the last row without the upper border:
15980 \begin_layout Standard
15982 \begin_inset Tabular
15983 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15984 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15986 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
15987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15999 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16008 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16084 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16119 \begin_layout Standard
16120 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16121 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16122 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16123 explained in the tables section of the
16126 \begin_inset space ~
16132 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16133 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16136 degrees counterclockwise.
16137 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16140 \begin_layout Standard
16141 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16149 Most DVI-viewers are
16153 able to display rotations.
16161 \begin_layout Standard
16166 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16171 adds lines for all cell borders.
16174 \begin_layout Subsection
16179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16180 Tables ! Longtables
16189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16198 \begin_layout Standard
16199 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16202 \begin_inset space ~
16206 \begin_inset space ~
16215 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16216 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16219 \begin_layout Description
16224 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16225 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16226 except for the first page, if
16229 \begin_inset space ~
16237 \begin_layout Description
16241 \begin_inset space ~
16246 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16247 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16250 \begin_layout Description
16255 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16256 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16257 except for the last page, if
16260 \begin_inset space ~
16268 \begin_layout Description
16272 \begin_inset space ~
16277 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16278 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16281 \begin_layout Standard
16282 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
16283 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16284 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16285 The others will then be defined as
16290 In this context, first means first in this order:
16293 \begin_inset space ~
16305 \begin_inset space ~
16311 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16314 \begin_layout Standard
16316 \begin_inset Tabular
16317 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16318 <features islongtable="true">
16319 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16320 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16321 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16322 <row endfirsthead="true">
16323 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16329 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16334 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16343 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16353 <row endfirsthead="true">
16354 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16365 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16374 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16386 <row endhead="true">
16387 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16398 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16407 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16417 <row endhead="true">
16418 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16429 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16438 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16450 <row endfoot="true">
16451 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16462 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16471 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16502 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17443 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17452 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17461 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17472 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17503 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17534 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17565 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17596 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17627 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17658 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17689 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18278 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18432 <row endlastfoot="true">
18433 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18444 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 \begin_layout Subsection
18475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18484 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18491 \begin_layout Standard
18492 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18493 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18494 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18495 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18499 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18500 for the cell's paragraph.
18503 \begin_layout Standard
18504 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18505 for the column in the table dialog.
18506 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18507 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18511 \begin_layout Standard
18513 \begin_inset Tabular
18514 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18516 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18517 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18518 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18538 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18607 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18663 This is longer now.
18668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18720 This is longer now.
18725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18751 \begin_layout Standard
18752 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18753 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18754 Selection with the mouse or with
18758 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18759 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18760 the selection from outside the table.
18763 \begin_layout Section
18768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18784 \begin_layout Standard
18785 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18786 have a fixed location.
18788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18795 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18803 \begin_inset space ~
18808 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18809 too much notes at the page.
18812 \begin_layout Standard
18813 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18814 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18815 and pages without text.
18816 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18817 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18818 Floats are therefore numbered.
18819 Referencing is described in section
18820 \begin_inset space ~
18824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18826 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18833 \begin_layout Standard
18834 To insert a float, use the menu
18836 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18840 A box with a caption that has e.
18841 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18845 \begin_inset space ~
18849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18853 \begin_inset space ~
18857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18860 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18861 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18863 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18873 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18874 paragraph within the float.
18875 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18876 by left-clicking on the box label.
18877 A closed float box looks like this:
18878 \begin_inset Graphics
18879 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18884 -- a gray button with a red label.
18887 \begin_layout Standard
18888 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18889 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18892 \begin_layout Subsection
18896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18902 Floats ! Figure floats
18908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18910 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18917 \begin_layout Standard
18920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18921 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18924 inserts a float with the label
18925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18931 \begin_inset space ~
18937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18941 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18942 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18943 This is what we did for Figure
18944 \begin_inset space ~
18948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18950 reference "cap:Platypus"
18955 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18956 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18957 This was done in Figure
18958 \begin_inset space ~
18962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18964 reference "cap:Escher"
18971 \begin_layout Standard
18972 \begin_inset Float figure
18977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18979 \begin_inset Graphics
18980 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18982 rotateOrigin center
18989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 \begin_inset Caption
18992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18995 name "cap:Platypus"
18999 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19012 \begin_layout Standard
19013 \begin_inset Float figure
19018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19019 \begin_inset Caption
19021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19022 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19039 \begin_inset Graphics
19040 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19042 rotateOrigin center
19054 \begin_layout Standard
19055 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19057 As described in section
19058 \begin_inset space ~
19062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19064 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19068 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19070 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19073 and refer to it using the menu
19075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19079 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19088 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19100 \begin_layout Standard
19101 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19102 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19103 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19104 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19106 \begin_inset space ~
19110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19112 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19116 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19117 You can also set the images one below the other.
19119 \begin_inset space ~
19123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19125 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19132 reference "fig:Platypus"
19136 are the subfigures.
19139 \begin_layout Standard
19140 \begin_inset Float figure
19145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19146 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19150 \begin_inset Float figure
19155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19156 \begin_inset Caption
19158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19159 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19161 name "fig:Undefinable"
19173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19174 \begin_inset Graphics
19175 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19186 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19190 \begin_inset Float figure
19195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19196 \begin_inset Caption
19198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19201 name "fig:Platypus"
19213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19214 \begin_inset Graphics
19215 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19227 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19234 \begin_inset Caption
19236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19239 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19243 Two distorted images.
19256 \begin_layout Standard
19257 Note that the caption is added to the
19260 \begin_inset space ~
19264 \begin_inset space ~
19269 as described in section
19270 \begin_inset space ~
19274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19276 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19283 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19289 Floats ! Table floats
19295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19297 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19304 \begin_layout Standard
19305 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19307 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19308 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19312 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19315 \begin_inset space ~
19319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19321 reference "cap:Table-float"
19325 is an example of a table float.
19328 \begin_layout Standard
19329 \begin_inset Float table
19334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19335 \begin_inset Caption
19337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19340 name "cap:Table-float"
19352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19354 \begin_inset Tabular
19355 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19357 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19358 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19359 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19486 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19507 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19509 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19530 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19551 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19557 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19565 \begin_layout Standard
19566 This float type is inserted with the menu
19568 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19569 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19573 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19574 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19578 , described in section
19579 \begin_inset space ~
19583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19585 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19592 \begin_layout Standard
19593 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19601 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19607 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19610 \begin_layout Standard
19615 floatname{algorithm}{your
19616 \begin_inset space ~
19622 \begin_layout Standard
19623 to the document preamble (menu
19625 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19632 \begin_inset space ~
19638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19658 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19666 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19673 \begin_layout Standard
19674 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19682 \begin_inset Graphics
19683 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19685 rotateOrigin center
19692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19693 \begin_inset Caption
19695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19698 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19702 This is a wrapped figure.
19703 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19716 This float type is used if you want to
19717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19724 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19726 It can be inserted using the menu
19728 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19729 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19731 \begin_inset space ~
19736 if the LaTeX-package
19744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19745 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19755 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19758 \begin_inset space ~
19768 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19771 \begin_inset space ~
19775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19777 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19781 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19782 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19790 Available units are explained in Appendix
19791 \begin_inset space ~
19795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19797 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19806 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19810 \begin_layout Standard
19811 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19819 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
19820 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19821 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19822 over some other text.
19830 \begin_layout Itemize
19831 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19832 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19833 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19834 breaks will appear.
19837 \begin_layout Itemize
19838 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19839 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19842 \begin_layout Itemize
19843 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19844 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19847 \begin_layout Itemize
19848 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19851 \begin_layout Subsection
19853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19855 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19872 \begin_layout Standard
19873 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19874 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19878 \begin_inset space ~
19886 \begin_layout Standard
19887 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19888 a two-column document).
19889 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19890 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19897 \begin_layout Standard
19898 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19899 format is also the same: Table
19900 \begin_inset space ~
19904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19906 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19910 is an example of a rotated table float.
19913 \begin_layout Standard
19914 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19922 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19930 \begin_layout Standard
19931 \begin_inset Float table
19936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19937 \begin_inset Caption
19939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19942 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19956 \begin_inset Tabular
19957 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19959 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19960 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19961 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19962 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19963 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
19965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20023 \begin_layout Subsection
20025 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20027 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20044 \begin_layout Standard
20045 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20046 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20047 \begin_inset Newline newline
20053 \begin_inset space ~
20058 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20059 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20061 \begin_inset Newline newline
20067 \begin_inset space ~
20072 is used to rotate floats, see section
20073 \begin_inset space ~
20077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20079 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20086 \begin_layout Standard
20087 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20088 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20091 \begin_inset space ~
20095 \begin_inset space ~
20103 \begin_layout Description
20105 \begin_inset space ~
20109 \begin_inset space ~
20112 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20115 \begin_layout Description
20117 \begin_inset space ~
20121 \begin_inset space ~
20124 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20127 \begin_layout Description
20129 \begin_inset space ~
20133 \begin_inset space ~
20136 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20139 \begin_layout Description
20141 \begin_inset space ~
20145 \begin_inset space ~
20148 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20151 \begin_layout Standard
20152 The order of the above option is
20157 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20161 \begin_inset space ~
20165 \begin_inset space ~
20173 \begin_inset space ~
20177 \begin_inset space ~
20182 , and then the others.
20183 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20185 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20186 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20189 \begin_layout Standard
20190 By default, each options has its own rules:
20193 \begin_layout Standard
20197 \begin_inset space ~
20201 \begin_inset space ~
20206 only floats occupying less than 70
20207 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20210 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20213 \begin_layout Standard
20217 \begin_inset space ~
20221 \begin_inset space ~
20226 : only floats occupying less than 30
20227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20230 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20233 \begin_layout Standard
20237 \begin_inset space ~
20241 \begin_inset space ~
20246 : only if more than 50
20247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20250 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20254 \begin_layout Standard
20255 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20259 \begin_inset space ~
20263 \begin_inset space ~
20271 \begin_layout Standard
20272 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20273 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20274 For this case you can use the option
20277 \begin_inset space ~
20283 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20285 Because the float is then no longer able to
20286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20293 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20296 \begin_layout Standard
20297 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20298 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20301 \begin_layout Standard
20302 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20304 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20306 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20313 \begin_layout Section
20318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20327 name "sec:Minipages"
20334 \begin_layout Standard
20335 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20337 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20338 \begin_inset space ~
20345 \begin_layout Standard
20346 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20352 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20353 and its alignment within the page.
20356 \begin_layout Standard
20358 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20367 height_special "totalheight"
20370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20373 This is a minipage.
20374 The text is set in an italic style.
20377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20380 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20381 another formatting.
20389 \begin_layout Standard
20390 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20393 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20397 as described in section
20398 \begin_inset space ~
20402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20404 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20409 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20415 \begin_layout Standard
20416 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20425 height_special "totalheight"
20428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20429 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20430 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20436 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20440 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20449 height_special "totalheight"
20452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20453 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20454 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20462 \begin_layout Standard
20463 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20469 \begin_layout Standard
20470 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20471 to other box types.
20472 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20483 \begin_layout Chapter
20484 Mathematical Formulas
20488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20529 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20536 \begin_layout Standard
20537 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20542 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20545 \begin_layout Section
20550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20559 \begin_layout Standard
20560 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20561 \begin_inset Graphics
20562 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20567 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20569 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20570 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20571 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20573 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20579 \begin_layout Standard
20580 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20584 \begin_inset space ~
20589 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20592 \begin_layout Standard
20593 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20594 line, like this one:
20597 \begin_layout Standard
20598 This is a line with an inline formula
20599 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20605 \begin_layout Standard
20606 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20608 \begin_inset Formula \[
20613 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20616 \begin_layout Standard
20617 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20633 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20634 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20638 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20641 \begin_inset space ~
20649 \begin_layout Subsection
20650 Navigating in Formulas
20654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20663 \begin_layout Standard
20664 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20665 achieved with the arrow keys.
20666 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20667 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20672 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20673 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20677 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20681 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20683 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20691 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20696 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20697 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20700 \begin_layout Standard
20705 , printed in this document as
20706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20727 \begin_inset Note Note
20730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20731 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20732 space character (visible space).
20737 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20738 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20739 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20744 For example, if you want
20745 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20799 , since in the latter case only the
20802 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20807 will be under the square root sign:
20808 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20814 \begin_layout Standard
20815 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20817 \begin_inset Formula \[
20818 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20821 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20825 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20826 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20829 \begin_layout Subsection
20833 \begin_layout Standard
20834 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20835 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20839 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20840 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20841 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20842 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20843 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20846 \begin_layout Subsection
20847 Exponents and Subscripts
20851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20870 \begin_layout Standard
20871 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20872 way is to use a command.
20874 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20877 , type in a formula
20883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20899 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20905 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20909 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20930 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20939 , you have to use an extra
20943 to separate the hat and the character.
20946 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20967 Subscripts are similar: To get
20968 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20991 \begin_layout Subsection
20996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21005 \begin_layout Standard
21006 Create a fraction with either the command
21013 \begin_inset Graphics
21014 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21022 \begin_inset space ~
21028 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21029 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21030 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21035 To move back up, press
21040 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21041 \begin_inset Formula \[
21042 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21044 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21051 \begin_layout Subsection
21056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21065 \begin_layout Standard
21066 Roots can be created using the
21069 \begin_inset space ~
21075 \begin_inset Graphics
21076 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21099 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21105 produces always a square root.
21108 \begin_layout Subsection
21109 Operators with Limits
21113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21132 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21139 \begin_layout Standard
21141 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21145 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21148 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21149 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21150 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21151 The sum operator will automatically place its
21152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21159 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21162 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21166 \begin_inset Formula \[
21167 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21171 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21175 \begin_layout Standard
21176 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21178 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21179 behind the operator and hitting
21185 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21186 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21188 \begin_inset space ~
21192 \begin_inset space ~
21200 \begin_layout Standard
21201 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21209 feature as addition, such as
21213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21220 \begin_inset Formula \[
21221 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21225 which will place the
21226 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21238 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21239 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21245 \begin_layout Standard
21246 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21253 Have a look at section
21254 \begin_inset space ~
21258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21260 reference "sub:Functions"
21264 for an explanation of function macros.
21267 \begin_layout Subsection
21272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21281 \begin_layout Standard
21282 Most math symbols can be found in the
21285 \begin_inset space ~
21290 under one of several categories; including
21307 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21311 \begin_layout Standard
21312 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21313 you don't have to use the
21316 \begin_inset space ~
21321 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21322 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21325 \begin_layout Subsection
21330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21339 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21346 \begin_layout Standard
21347 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21356 \begin_inset space ~
21362 \begin_inset Graphics
21363 filename ../images/math/space.png
21368 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21369 Here a example for the sequence
21374 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21378 \begin_inset Graphics
21379 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21384 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21385 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21386 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21387 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21392 \begin_layout Standard
21402 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21408 \begin_layout Standard
21418 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21424 \begin_layout Subsection
21429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21438 name "sub:Functions"
21445 \begin_layout Standard
21449 \begin_inset space ~
21454 contains under the button
21455 \begin_inset Graphics
21456 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21460 a number of functions, such as
21461 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21465 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21473 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21480 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21481 avoid confusions, because
21482 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21486 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21492 \begin_layout Standard
21493 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21495 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21499 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21505 \begin_layout Standard
21506 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21507 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21508 \begin_inset space ~
21512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21514 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21521 \begin_layout Subsection
21526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21535 \begin_layout Standard
21536 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21538 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21539 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21541 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21544 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21545 Our example is entered by typing
21553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21566 \begin_inset space ~
21570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21572 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21576 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21579 \begin_layout Standard
21580 \begin_inset Float table
21585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21586 \begin_inset Caption
21588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21589 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21591 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21595 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21605 \begin_inset Tabular
21606 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21608 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21609 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21610 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21694 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21748 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21802 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21856 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21910 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
21920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21964 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22018 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22072 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22126 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22171 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22192 \begin_layout Standard
22193 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22196 \begin_inset space ~
22202 \begin_inset Graphics
22203 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22207 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22211 \begin_layout Section
22212 Brackets and Delimiters
22216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22235 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22242 \begin_layout Standard
22243 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22244 For most purposes, using just the keys
22249 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22250 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22253 \begin_inset space ~
22259 \begin_inset Graphics
22260 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22265 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22267 \begin_inset Formula \[
22268 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22270 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22274 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22275 \begin_inset Formula \[
22276 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22283 \begin_layout Standard
22284 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22285 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22288 \begin_layout Standard
22289 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22290 left side and right side.
22291 If you use the option
22294 \begin_inset space ~
22299 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22300 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22301 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22302 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22305 \begin_layout Standard
22306 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22307 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22308 inside the brackets.
22309 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22314 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22317 \begin_layout Standard
22318 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22329 \begin_layout Section
22334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22343 name "sec:Grouping"
22350 \begin_layout Standard
22351 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22352 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22363 \begin_layout Standard
22364 \begin_inset Formula \[
22365 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22372 \begin_layout Standard
22373 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22388 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22389 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22390 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22393 \begin_layout Section
22394 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22419 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22427 \begin_layout Standard
22428 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22431 \begin_inset space ~
22437 \begin_inset Graphics
22438 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22443 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22444 Here is an example:
22445 \begin_inset Formula \[
22446 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22449 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22453 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22454 \begin_inset space ~
22458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22460 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22465 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22466 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22467 This alignment is set in the box
22472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22520 for every column as default.
22521 For example, the sequence
22522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22533 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22534 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22535 corresponds to the relevant column.
22536 The result will look like this:
22537 \begin_inset Formula \[
22539 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22540 column & has & has\, right\\
22541 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22548 \begin_layout Standard
22549 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22553 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22554 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22556 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22562 \begin_layout Standard
22563 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22564 It can be created with the menu
22566 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22567 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22569 \begin_inset space ~
22582 \begin_inset Formula \[
22586 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22593 \begin_layout Standard
22594 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22597 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22605 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22614 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22622 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22623 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22624 A new row is created by every further hit of
22632 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22633 Here is an example:
22634 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22635 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22636 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22640 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22641 where you want to start the shift and hit
22646 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22647 position to the next column.
22648 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22649 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22650 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22651 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22658 \begin_layout Standard
22659 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22666 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22667 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22670 reference "eq:asquared"
22675 The other types are described in section
22676 \begin_inset space ~
22680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22682 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22689 \begin_layout Section
22690 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22695 Math ! Formula numbering
22704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22705 Math ! Referencing formulas
22711 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22713 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22720 \begin_layout Standard
22721 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22723 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22724 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22726 \begin_inset space ~
22734 \begin_inset space ~
22740 The formula number appears in LyX as
22741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22748 within parentheses.
22750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22757 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22759 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22760 the document class.
22761 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22762 separated by a dot:
22763 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22764 1+1=2\end{equation}
22771 \begin_inset space ~
22776 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22777 You can only number displayed formulas.
22780 \begin_layout Standard
22781 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22783 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22784 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22786 \begin_inset space ~
22790 \begin_inset space ~
22794 \begin_inset space ~
22802 \begin_inset space ~
22807 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22808 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22810 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22811 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22815 To number all lines use the shortcut
22818 \begin_inset space ~
22826 \begin_layout Standard
22827 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22830 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22831 A label is inserted with the menu
22833 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22836 when the cursor is in the formula.
22837 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22838 It is recommended to use the proposed
22839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22850 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22851 type when you have many labels in your document.
22852 We inserted in the following example the label
22853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22860 in the second line:
22861 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22862 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22863 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22867 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22868 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22878 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22880 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22882 \begin_inset space ~
22888 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22889 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22890 as the formula number:
22893 \begin_layout Standard
22894 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22897 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22904 \begin_layout Standard
22905 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
22906 \begin_inset space ~
22910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22912 reference "sec:Cross-References"
22917 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
22920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22923 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
22927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22928 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
22936 \begin_layout Section
22937 User defined math macros
22941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22948 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22950 name "sec:math-macros"
22957 \begin_layout Standard
22958 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
22959 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
22960 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
22962 \begin_inset Newline newline
22965 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
22966 \begin_inset Formula \[
22967 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
22971 The general form of its solution is:
22972 \begin_inset Formula \[
22973 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
22980 \begin_layout Standard
22981 The macro should print the parameters
22982 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
22986 \begin_inset Formula $p$
22990 \begin_inset Formula $q$
22993 like in the equation above.
22996 \begin_layout Standard
22997 A macro is created by executing the command
23000 \begin_layout Standard
23007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23030 \begin_inset space ~
23034 \begin_inset space ~
23040 \begin_layout Standard
23041 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23042 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23043 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23044 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23048 \begin_layout Standard
23049 We have three arguments and name the macro
23050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23057 , so that the command is:
23060 \begin_layout Standard
23067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23092 \begin_layout Standard
23093 This results in the following macro definition box:
23094 \begin_inset Graphics
23095 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23100 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23101 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23102 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23106 \begin_inset Note Note
23109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23110 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23111 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23119 \begin_layout Standard
23120 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23121 the math panel or commands.
23122 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23123 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23134 for the first argument.
23135 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23136 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23137 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23138 in LyX with its full size.
23139 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23140 In our example we insert the sequence
23141 \begin_inset Newline newline
23169 \begin_inset Newline newline
23174 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23177 \begin_layout Standard
23178 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23193 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23196 \begin_layout Standard
23198 \begin_inset Graphics
23199 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23206 \begin_layout Standard
23207 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23208 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23209 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23210 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23211 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23214 \begin_layout Standard
23215 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23216 to the new definition.
23217 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23218 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23222 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23226 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23230 \begin_inset Formula \[
23238 \begin_layout Standard
23239 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23243 \begin_layout Standard
23257 \begin_inset Newline newline
23264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23290 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23293 \begin_layout Standard
23294 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23295 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23296 definition box in your document.
23297 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23299 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23301 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23306 \begin_layout Section
23310 \begin_layout Subsection
23315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23324 \begin_layout Standard
23325 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23326 To set a font in a formula, use the
23329 \begin_inset space ~
23335 \begin_inset Graphics
23336 filename ../images/math/font.png
23340 , or enter its command, listed in table
23341 \begin_inset space ~
23345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23347 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23354 \begin_layout Standard
23355 \begin_inset Float table
23360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23361 \begin_inset Caption
23363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23364 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23366 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23370 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23380 \begin_inset Tabular
23381 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23383 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23384 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23416 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23443 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23470 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23503 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23530 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23557 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23591 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23618 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23652 \begin_layout Standard
23653 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23661 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23677 \begin_layout Standard
23678 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23679 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23684 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23685 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23686 Here an example where a
23687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23698 denotes the set of numbers:
23699 \begin_inset Formula \[
23700 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23707 \begin_layout Standard
23708 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23719 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23723 \begin_inset Newline newline
23726 So better don't use this feature.
23729 \begin_layout Standard
23730 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23731 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23735 \begin_inset Newline newline
23738 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23744 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23745 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23751 \begin_layout Standard
23758 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23761 \begin_layout Standard
23762 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23765 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23767 \begin_inset space ~
23775 \begin_layout Subsection
23780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23789 \begin_layout Standard
23790 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23792 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23796 \begin_inset space ~
23800 \begin_inset space ~
23808 \begin_inset space ~
23814 \begin_inset Graphics
23815 filename ../images/math/font.png
23819 (alternatively the shortcut
23822 \begin_inset space ~
23828 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23829 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23830 Here is an example:
23831 \begin_inset Formula \[
23833 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23834 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23841 \begin_layout Subsection
23846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23855 \begin_layout Standard
23856 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23857 automatically chosen in most situations.
23875 For most characters,
23883 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23884 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23889 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23890 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23891 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23892 \begin_inset Graphics
23893 filename ../images/math/style.png
23898 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23899 For example, you can set
23900 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23903 , which is normally in
23912 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23916 The four styles are used in the following example:
23919 \begin_layout Standard
23920 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23924 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23928 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23932 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23938 \begin_layout Standard
23939 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23940 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23942 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23944 \begin_inset space ~
23949 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23950 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23951 will be adjusted to correspond.
23952 As example a formula in the font size
23953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23963 \begin_layout Standard
23967 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23973 \begin_layout Section
23977 \begin_layout Standard
23978 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23979 the document classes and into layout modules.
23983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23989 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23990 other than the AMS classes.
23992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23994 reference "sub:Modules"
23998 for more on layout modules.
24001 \begin_layout Section
24006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24025 \begin_layout Standard
24026 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24027 (AMS) that are in common use.
24030 \begin_layout Subsection
24031 Enabling AMS-Support
24034 \begin_layout Standard
24035 Selecting the checkbox
24038 \begin_inset space ~
24042 \begin_inset space ~
24046 \begin_inset space ~
24053 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24061 Document ! Settings
24069 \begin_inset space ~
24074 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24076 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24077 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24080 \begin_layout Subsection
24082 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24084 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24093 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24101 \begin_layout Standard
24102 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24103 LyX allows you to choose between
24124 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24127 \begin_layout Chapter
24131 \begin_layout Section
24136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24145 name "sec:Cross-References"
24152 \begin_layout Standard
24153 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24154 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24156 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24157 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24158 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24161 \begin_layout Enumerate
24165 \begin_layout Enumerate
24166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24168 name "enu:Second-item"
24175 \begin_layout Enumerate
24179 \begin_layout Standard
24180 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24182 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24185 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24186 \begin_inset Graphics
24187 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24193 A grey label box like this:
24194 \begin_inset Graphics
24195 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24200 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24201 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24236 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24237 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24252 \begin_layout Standard
24253 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24255 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24258 or the toolbar button
24259 \begin_inset Graphics
24260 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24266 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24267 \begin_inset Graphics
24268 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24273 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24275 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24288 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24290 Here is our cross-reference:
24293 \begin_layout Standard
24295 \begin_inset space ~
24299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24301 reference "enu:Second-item"
24308 \begin_layout Standard
24309 It is recommended to use a protected space
24313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24314 described in section
24315 \begin_inset space ~
24319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24321 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24330 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
24334 \begin_layout Standard
24335 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24338 \begin_layout Description
24339 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24342 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24349 \begin_layout Description
24350 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24351 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24363 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24370 \begin_layout Description
24371 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24372 \begin_inset space ~
24376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24377 LatexCommand pageref
24378 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24385 \begin_layout Description
24387 \begin_inset space ~
24391 \begin_inset space ~
24394 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24396 LatexCommand vpageref
24397 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24404 \begin_layout Description
24406 \begin_inset space ~
24410 \begin_inset space ~
24414 \begin_inset space ~
24417 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24419 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24421 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24428 \begin_layout Description
24430 \begin_inset space ~
24433 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24434 \begin_inset Newline newline
24438 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24446 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24455 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24468 \begin_layout Standard
24469 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24470 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24476 \begin_inset space ~
24480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24494 \begin_layout Standard
24495 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24496 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24497 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24501 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24505 \begin_layout Standard
24506 You can only use the style
24510 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24514 is always possible.
24517 \begin_layout Standard
24518 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24519 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24520 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24521 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24522 \begin_inset space ~
24526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24528 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24535 \begin_layout Standard
24539 \begin_inset space ~
24543 \begin_inset space ~
24548 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24549 The button text changes then to
24552 \begin_inset space ~
24557 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24558 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24559 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24563 \begin_layout Standard
24564 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24565 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24566 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24569 \begin_layout Standard
24570 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24571 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24574 \begin_layout Standard
24575 References are described in detail in the
24582 \begin_layout Section
24583 Table of Contents and other Listings
24587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24613 \begin_layout Subsection
24614 Table of Contents and Outline
24615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24617 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24624 \begin_layout Standard
24625 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24627 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24628 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24630 \begin_inset space ~
24634 \begin_inset space ~
24640 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24641 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24642 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24643 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24650 \begin_layout Standard
24651 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24652 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24654 \begin_inset space ~
24658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24660 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24664 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24666 \begin_inset space ~
24670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24672 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24676 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24678 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24679 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24680 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24683 \begin_layout Standard
24684 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24686 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24688 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24694 \begin_layout Subsection
24695 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24705 \begin_layout Standard
24706 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24707 You can insert them via the
24709 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24711 \begin_inset space ~
24715 \begin_inset space ~
24721 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24724 \begin_layout Section
24725 URLs and Hyperlinks
24729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24746 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24755 \begin_layout Subsection
24759 \begin_layout Standard
24760 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24762 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24768 \begin_layout Standard
24769 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24770 \begin_inset Flex URL
24773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24783 \begin_layout Standard
24784 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24790 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24794 \begin_layout Standard
24795 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24803 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24811 \begin_layout Subsection
24815 \begin_layout Standard
24816 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24818 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24821 or with the toolbar button
24822 \begin_inset Graphics
24823 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24824 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24829 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24838 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24839 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24840 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24842 name "LyX's homepage"
24843 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24847 , an Email address like this:
24848 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24850 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24851 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24856 , or a link to a file.
24859 \begin_layout Standard
24860 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24873 to the link target.
24876 \begin_layout Standard
24877 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24878 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24879 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24880 the text style dialog.
24881 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24885 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24887 name "LyX's homepage"
24888 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24895 \begin_layout Standard
24896 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24900 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24902 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24903 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24907 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24909 \begin_inset Newline newline
24917 \begin_inset Newline newline
24924 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24927 \begin_layout Section
24932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24941 name "sec:Appendices"
24948 \begin_layout Standard
24949 Appendices are created with the menu
24951 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24953 \begin_inset space ~
24957 \begin_inset space ~
24963 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24964 as appendix region.
24965 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24968 \begin_layout Standard
24969 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24970 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24971 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24972 and the subsection number.
24973 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24977 \begin_layout Standard
24979 \begin_inset space ~
24983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24985 reference "cha:Credits"
24990 \begin_inset space ~
24994 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24996 reference "sub:Export"
25003 \begin_layout Section
25008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25015 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25017 name "sec:Bibliography"
25024 \begin_layout Standard
25025 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25026 You can include a bibliography database
25030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25031 Known under the name
25032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25044 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25046 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25050 , described in section
25051 \begin_inset space ~
25055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25057 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25064 \begin_layout Standard
25069 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25071 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25080 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25082 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25091 , a short form of its title, as key.
25094 \begin_layout Standard
25095 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25097 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25100 or the toobar button
25101 \begin_inset Graphics
25102 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25103 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25108 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25109 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25110 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25111 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25115 \begin_layout Standard
25116 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25117 with surrounding brackets.
25122 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25123 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25135 \begin_layout Standard
25138 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25141 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25143 key "latexcompanion"
25150 \begin_layout Standard
25151 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25152 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25161 \begin_layout Subsection
25162 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25167 Bibliography ! Databases
25176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25177 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25183 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25185 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25192 \begin_layout Standard
25193 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25195 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25197 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25198 your working field in a database.
25199 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25200 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25203 \begin_layout Standard
25204 The database is a text file with the file extension
25205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25216 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25217 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25218 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25220 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25225 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25227 \begin_inset Newline newline
25231 \begin_inset Flex URL
25234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25236 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25242 \begin_inset Newline newline
25245 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25248 \begin_layout Standard
25249 To use a database, use the menu
25251 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25256 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25269 \begin_inset space ~
25275 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25276 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25279 \begin_layout Standard
25280 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25292 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25293 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25294 take care of the layout.
25297 \begin_layout Standard
25298 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25301 \begin_layout Standard
25302 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25308 \begin_layout Standard
25309 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25311 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25345 \begin_inset space ~
25351 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25359 \begin_layout Standard
25360 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25366 \begin_layout Standard
25367 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25368 the two methods of creating them.
25369 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25370 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25371 We used the style file
25375 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25378 \begin_layout Subsection
25379 Bibliography layout
25383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25384 Bibliography ! Layout
25392 \begin_layout Standard
25393 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25394 For this feature you need to use the option
25400 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25408 Document ! Settings
25418 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25419 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25420 in the previous section.
25423 \begin_layout Standard
25424 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25425 in the citation reference window.
25426 Here an example where we set the text
25427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25431 \begin_inset space ~
25435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25438 to appear after the reference:
25441 \begin_layout Standard
25443 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25446 key "latexcompanion"
25453 \begin_layout Section
25458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25465 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25474 \begin_layout Standard
25475 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25477 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25479 \begin_inset space ~
25484 or the toolbar button
25485 \begin_inset Graphics
25486 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25487 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25504 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25505 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25506 by LyX as index entry.
25509 \begin_layout Standard
25510 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25511 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25513 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25515 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25522 \begin_layout Standard
25523 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25526 \begin_layout Standard
25527 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25529 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25531 \begin_inset space ~
25535 \begin_inset space ~
25538 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25540 \begin_inset space ~
25546 A light blue box labeled
25547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25558 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25559 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25562 \begin_layout Subsection
25563 Grouping Index Entries
25567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25576 \begin_layout Standard
25577 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25579 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25580 lists under the entry
25581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25589 First we create the entry
25590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25598 \begin_inset space ~
25602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25604 reference "sub:Lists"
25609 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25610 \begin_inset space ~
25614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25616 reference "sec:Itemize"
25620 , we insert the command
25623 \begin_layout Standard
25629 \begin_layout Standard
25633 \begin_layout Standard
25639 \begin_layout Standard
25640 for the enumerated list in section
25641 \begin_inset space ~
25645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25647 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25654 \begin_layout Standard
25655 The exclamation mark
25656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25663 marks the grouping levels.
25664 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25665 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25666 If we don't have an index entry for
25667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25674 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25677 \begin_layout Subsection
25682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25683 Index ! Page ranges
25691 \begin_layout Standard
25692 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25694 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25695 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25697 \begin_inset space ~
25701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25703 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25710 \begin_layout Standard
25713 Paragraph environments|(
25716 \begin_layout Standard
25717 and another entry at the end of section
25718 \begin_inset space ~
25722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25724 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25731 \begin_layout Standard
25734 Paragraph environments|)
25737 \begin_layout Standard
25739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25762 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25763 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25764 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25765 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25766 An example is the index entry
25767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25770 Document ! Settings
25771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25777 \begin_layout Subsection
25782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25783 Index ! Cross referencing
25791 \begin_layout Standard
25792 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25793 We referred for example in the index entry
25794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25802 \begin_inset space ~
25806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25808 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25812 ) to the index entry
25813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25820 in the same section using the entry
25823 \begin_layout Standard
25826 GIF|see{Image formats}
25829 \begin_layout Standard
25830 Where the braces have to be inserted as ERT.
25831 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25832 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25835 \begin_layout Subsection
25840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25841 Index ! Entry order
25849 \begin_layout Standard
25850 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25851 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25852 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25857 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25859 \begin_inset space ~
25863 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25865 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25874 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25875 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25904 Dummy entries ! maïs
25913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25914 Dummy entries ! maître
25923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25924 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25929 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25930 order maïs, maison, maître.
25931 To achieve this, we use the command
25934 \begin_layout Standard
25937 previous entry@current entry
25940 \begin_layout Standard
25941 In our case we want to have
25942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25957 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25960 \begin_layout Standard
25966 \begin_layout Standard
25967 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25968 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25972 \begin_layout Subsection
25977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25978 Index ! Entry layout
25986 \begin_layout Standard
25987 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the textstyle dialog.
25991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25994 This is an italic dummy entry
25999 You can also format the page number using the character
26000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26007 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26008 We can write for example
26011 \begin_layout Standard
26014 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26017 \begin_layout Standard
26018 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
26022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26023 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26028 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26046 \begin_inset space ~
26052 Have a look at section
26053 \begin_inset space ~
26057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26059 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26063 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26066 \begin_layout Standard
26067 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26069 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26070 for all index entries.
26073 \begin_layout Subsection
26078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26087 name "sub:Index-Program"
26094 \begin_layout Standard
26095 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
26100 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
26102 \begin_inset space ~
26106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26108 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26113 The available options are listed and explained in
26114 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26123 \begin_layout Standard
26124 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
26130 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26139 \begin_layout Section
26140 Nomenclature / Glossary
26144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26183 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26185 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26192 \begin_layout Standard
26193 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26194 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26198 \begin_layout Standard
26199 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26208 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26214 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26215 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26221 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26224 \begin_layout Standard
26225 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26226 and then use the menu
26228 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26234 \begin_inset space ~
26239 or the toobar button
26240 \begin_inset Graphics
26241 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26242 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26259 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26262 \begin_layout Standard
26263 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26264 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26265 The second is the description of the symbol.
26268 \begin_layout Standard
26269 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26277 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26278 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26286 \begin_layout Subsection
26287 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26292 Nomenclature ! Layout
26300 \begin_layout Standard
26301 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26305 field as LaTeX-formula.
26307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26311 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26319 \begin_inset Newline newline
26327 \begin_inset Newline newline
26333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26340 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26341 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26343 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26353 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26363 \begin_layout Standard
26364 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26365 \begin_inset space ~
26369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26371 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26378 \begin_layout Standard
26382 \begin_inset space ~
26387 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26388 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26393 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26400 in this document is:
26401 \begin_inset Newline newline
26406 dummy entry for the character
26411 \begin_inset Newline newline
26423 \begin_inset space ~
26433 font use the command
26462 \begin_layout Subsection
26463 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26468 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26476 \begin_layout Standard
26477 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26478 the symbol definition.
26479 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26480 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26483 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26484 LatexCommand nomenclature
26486 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26493 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26497 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26498 LatexCommand nomenclature
26501 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26506 They will be sorted by
26507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26533 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26536 will be sorted before the
26540 since the character
26541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26548 is considered in sorting.
26551 \begin_layout Standard
26552 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26555 \begin_inset space ~
26560 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26561 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26563 For the given example, you can insert
26567 to this field for the
26568 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26575 will be located before
26576 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26582 \begin_layout Standard
26583 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26588 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26597 \begin_layout Subsection
26598 Nomenclature Options
26602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26603 Nomenclature ! Options
26611 \begin_layout Standard
26616 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26617 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26620 \begin_layout Description
26621 refeq Appends the phrase
26622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26637 to every nomenclature entry, where
26643 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26646 \begin_layout Description
26647 refpage Appends the phrase
26648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26663 to every nomenclature entry, where
26669 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26672 \begin_layout Description
26673 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26676 \begin_layout Standard
26677 There are furthermore the options
26721 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26725 \begin_layout Standard
26726 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26727 class options list in the
26729 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26733 In this document the options
26744 \begin_layout Standard
26745 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26751 \begin_layout Standard
26752 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26753 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26758 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26761 \begin_layout Description
26771 \begin_layout Description
26774 nomrefpage Like the
26781 \begin_layout Description
26784 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26793 \begin_layout Description
26797 \begin_inset space ~
26803 \begin_inset space ~
26808 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26811 \begin_layout Subsection
26812 Printing the Nomenclature
26816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26817 Nomenclature ! Printing
26825 \begin_layout Standard
26826 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26828 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26830 \begin_inset space ~
26834 \begin_inset space ~
26837 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26841 A light blue box labeled
26842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26853 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26854 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26857 \begin_layout Standard
26858 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26867 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26875 For example, in order to change the name to
26879 , add the following line to the preamble:
26882 \begin_layout Standard
26890 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26893 \begin_layout Standard
26894 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26900 \begin_layout Standard
26901 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26902 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26905 \begin_layout Standard
26913 nomlabelwidth}{width}
26916 \begin_layout Standard
26919 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
26920 \begin_inset space ~
26924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26926 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
26931 The default value is 1
26932 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26938 \begin_layout Section
26943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26954 Document ! Branches
26960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26962 name "sec:Branches"
26969 \begin_layout Standard
26970 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
26971 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
26972 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
26973 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
26976 \begin_layout Standard
26977 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
26978 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
26979 To create a branch, go in the
26981 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26989 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
26990 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
26993 \begin_layout Standard
26994 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
26995 These boxes are inserted via the menu
26997 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27000 where you can choose a branch.
27001 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27004 \begin_layout Standard
27005 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27006 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27009 \begin_layout Standard
27010 \begin_inset Branch Question
27013 \begin_layout Standard
27014 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27022 \begin_layout Standard
27023 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27026 \begin_layout Standard
27027 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27035 \begin_layout Standard
27036 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27042 \begin_layout Standard
27043 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27044 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27046 For example you can define for the question branch
27050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27051 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27052 \begin_inset space ~
27056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27058 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27070 \begin_layout Standard
27080 \begin_layout Standard
27090 \begin_layout Standard
27091 and for the answer branch
27094 \begin_layout Standard
27104 \begin_layout Standard
27114 \begin_layout Standard
27115 \begin_inset Branch Question
27118 \begin_layout Standard
27122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27150 \begin_layout Standard
27151 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27154 \begin_layout Standard
27158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27186 \begin_layout Standard
27187 Now it is possible to use the commands
27191 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27198 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27201 to obtain conditional output.
27202 Here is an example formula where only the
27209 \begin_inset Formula \[
27210 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27217 \begin_layout Standard
27218 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27219 \begin_inset space ~
27223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27225 reference "sec:math-macros"
27232 \begin_layout Section
27233 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
27234 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27243 \begin_layout Subsection
27248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27257 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
27264 \begin_layout Standard
27265 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27266 constructs, but not all.
27267 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27268 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27269 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27270 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27271 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27272 and their commands.
27275 \begin_layout Standard
27276 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27286 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
27287 An ERT box is created by the menu
27289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27292 or by the toolbar button
27293 \begin_inset Graphics
27294 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27299 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27312 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27313 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27324 \begin_layout Standard
27325 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
27326 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27327 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27334 , you can write the command part
27340 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
27344 in a second ERT box behind the word.
27345 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
27349 \begin_layout Standard
27350 \begin_inset Graphics
27351 filename clipart/ERT.png
27359 \begin_layout Standard
27363 \begin_layout Standard
27364 This is a line with a
27368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27391 \begin_layout Standard
27392 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27400 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27401 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27409 \begin_layout Subsection
27410 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27411 \begin_inset OptArg
27414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27433 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27440 \begin_layout Standard
27441 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27442 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27443 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27452 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27453 every time if you know the right commands.
27455 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27456 the end of the day.
27457 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27458 all caption labels bold.
27459 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27461 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27464 \begin_layout Standard
27465 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27466 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27467 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27469 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27478 \begin_layout Standard
27479 As result you know that the package
27487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27488 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27494 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27496 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27507 usepackage[options]{package name}
27510 \begin_layout Standard
27511 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27512 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27513 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27516 \begin_layout Standard
27517 In your case the package name is
27522 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27527 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27528 So you add the command
27531 \begin_layout Standard
27536 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27539 \begin_layout Standard
27540 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27545 For more commands provided by the
27549 package, have a look at its documentation,
27550 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27565 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27567 For example if you use a
27571 class, you don't need the package
27575 , you can instead write
27578 \begin_layout Standard
27583 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27588 \begin_layout Standard
27589 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27590 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27591 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27598 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27601 \begin_layout Standard
27602 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27603 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27605 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
27609 \begin_layout Standard
27610 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27612 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27614 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27622 \begin_layout Section
27623 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27636 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27653 \begin_layout Standard
27654 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27655 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27656 to break your train of thought with
27658 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27664 \begin_layout Standard
27665 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27666 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27675 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27680 as explained below, and turn on
27683 \begin_inset space ~
27690 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27696 \begin_inset space ~
27700 \begin_inset space ~
27703 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27709 \begin_layout Standard
27710 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27712 Previews of an already loaded document are
27716 generated just by selecting the
27719 \begin_inset space ~
27724 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27727 \begin_layout Standard
27728 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27729 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27732 \begin_inset space ~
27737 check box in the insert dialog.
27738 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27742 \begin_layout Standard
27743 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27747 (on some systems named simply
27752 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27754 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27760 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27761 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27769 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27773 \begin_layout Standard
27774 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27780 \begin_layout Standard
27781 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27785 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27787 \begin_inset space ~
27792 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27793 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27795 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27796 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27797 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27798 the source view window.
27801 \begin_layout Section
27803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27805 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27822 \begin_layout Standard
27823 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27824 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27841 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27847 can be seen as successor of
27851 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27856 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27857 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27865 \begin_layout Standard
27866 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27867 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27874 \begin_layout Standard
27877 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27880 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27881 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27882 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27883 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27884 scrolled so that it is visible.
27889 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27891 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27895 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27896 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27899 \begin_layout Standard
27900 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27903 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27907 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27908 will bring an error message.
27909 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27910 specifying a different
27912 Alternative language
27914 in preferences dialog.
27917 \begin_layout Standard
27918 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
27921 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27925 \begin_layout Standard
27926 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
27927 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
27929 But you can use the
27932 \begin_inset space ~
27936 \begin_inset space ~
27944 \begin_layout Standard
27945 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
27946 This does work with
27950 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
27953 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
27957 \begin_layout Standard
27962 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
27965 \begin_layout Description
27967 \begin_inset space ~
27970 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
27971 should consider, e.g.
27972 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
27973 This should not normally be needed.
27976 \begin_layout Description
27978 \begin_inset space ~
27981 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
27982 as your personal dictionary
27985 \begin_layout Description
27987 \begin_inset space ~
27991 \begin_inset space ~
27994 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
27996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28006 \begin_layout Description
28008 \begin_inset space ~
28012 \begin_inset space ~
28015 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28017 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28024 also for the spellchecker.
28028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28029 The encodings are explained in section
28030 \begin_inset space ~
28034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28036 reference "sub:Settings"
28045 Only enable this if you use
28049 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28050 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28051 so this is disabled by default.
28054 \begin_layout Section
28059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28068 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28075 \begin_layout Standard
28076 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28079 \begin_layout Standard
28080 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28083 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28086 or the toolbar button
28087 \begin_inset Graphics
28088 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28089 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28090 rotateOrigin center
28095 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28099 \begin_layout Standard
28100 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28101 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28102 cases to find related words.
28105 \begin_layout Standard
28106 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28108 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28113 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28116 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28125 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28144 \begin_layout Section
28149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28160 Document ! Change Tracking
28166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28168 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28175 \begin_layout Standard
28176 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28177 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28178 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28179 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28181 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28183 \begin_inset space ~
28186 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28188 \begin_inset space ~
28196 \begin_layout Standard
28197 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28206 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28209 \begin_inset space ~
28213 \begin_inset space ~
28226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28235 \begin_layout Standard
28236 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28249 \begin_layout Standard
28250 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28256 \begin_layout Standard
28257 \begin_inset Graphics
28258 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28265 \begin_layout Standard
28266 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28272 \begin_layout Standard
28273 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28277 \begin_layout Standard
28278 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28284 \begin_layout Standard
28285 \begin_inset Tabular
28286 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28287 <features islongtable="true">
28288 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28289 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28290 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28295 \begin_inset Graphics
28296 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28297 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28298 rotateOrigin center
28307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28313 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28315 \begin_inset space ~
28318 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28320 \begin_inset space ~
28329 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28334 \begin_inset Graphics
28335 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28336 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28337 rotateOrigin center
28346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28354 \begin_inset space ~
28357 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28359 \begin_inset space ~
28363 \begin_inset space ~
28367 \begin_inset space ~
28376 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28381 \begin_inset Graphics
28382 filename ../images/change-next.png
28383 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28384 rotateOrigin center
28393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28397 Jumps to the next change
28403 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28408 \begin_inset Graphics
28409 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28410 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28411 rotateOrigin center
28420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28426 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28428 \begin_inset space ~
28431 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28433 \begin_inset space ~
28442 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28447 \begin_inset Graphics
28448 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28449 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28450 rotateOrigin center
28459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28465 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28467 \begin_inset space ~
28470 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28472 \begin_inset space ~
28481 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28486 \begin_inset Graphics
28487 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28488 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28489 rotateOrigin center
28498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28504 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28506 \begin_inset space ~
28509 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28511 \begin_inset space ~
28520 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28525 \begin_inset Graphics
28526 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28527 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28528 rotateOrigin center
28537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28543 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28545 \begin_inset space ~
28548 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28550 \begin_inset space ~
28554 \begin_inset space ~
28563 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28568 \begin_inset Graphics
28569 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28571 rotateOrigin center
28580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28586 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28588 \begin_inset space ~
28591 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28593 \begin_inset space ~
28597 \begin_inset space ~
28606 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28611 \begin_inset Graphics
28612 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28614 rotateOrigin center
28623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28629 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28630 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28632 \begin_inset space ~
28641 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28646 \begin_inset Graphics
28647 filename ../images/note-next.png
28648 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28649 rotateOrigin center
28658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28664 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28666 \begin_inset space ~
28682 \begin_layout Standard
28683 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28689 \begin_layout Standard
28690 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28691 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28692 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28693 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28694 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28695 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28696 step to the next change.
28697 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28700 \begin_layout Standard
28701 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28702 to describe a change.
28705 \begin_layout Standard
28706 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28715 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28721 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28722 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28728 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28731 \begin_layout Section
28732 International Support
28736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28737 International support
28745 \begin_layout Standard
28746 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28747 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28748 how to set up LyX to use them:
28749 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28751 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28758 \begin_layout Standard
28759 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28760 \begin_inset space ~
28764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28766 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28773 \begin_layout Subsection
28778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28789 Document ! Settings
28798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28799 Document ! Language
28807 \begin_layout Standard
28810 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28813 dialog lets you set
28815 the language and character encoding for your language.
28819 \begin_layout Standard
28820 Choose your language in the
28824 section of this dialog.
28832 \begin_layout Standard
28837 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28841 use language's default encoding
28843 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28844 For details abhout the different encoding options see section
28845 \begin_inset space ~
28849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28851 reference "sub:Settings"
28858 \begin_layout Subsection
28859 Keyboard mapping configuration
28862 \begin_layout Standard
28863 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28864 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28865 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28866 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28867 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28869 \begin_inset space ~
28873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28875 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28880 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28881 which one you want to use.
28884 \begin_layout Standard
28885 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28886 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28887 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28888 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28889 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28890 one to support the characters you want.
28891 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28898 \begin_layout Subsection
28900 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28909 \begin_layout Standard
28911 \begin_inset space ~
28915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28917 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
28926 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
28930 \begin_layout Standard
28931 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
28932 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
28940 \begin_layout Itemize
28941 Even if you have selected
28947 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28950 dialog, users who have only the
28954 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
28958 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
28959 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
28960 french quotes won't show up.
28963 \begin_layout Standard
28964 \begin_inset Float table
28969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28970 \begin_inset Caption
28972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28973 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28975 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
28991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28993 \begin_inset Tabular
28994 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
28996 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28997 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28998 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
28999 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29000 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29003 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29006 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29007 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29008 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29009 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33425 \begin_layout Standard
33426 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33428 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33429 also the characters from
33441 \begin_layout Itemize
33450 \begin_layout Standard
33451 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33452 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33458 \begin_layout Standard
33459 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33460 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33466 \begin_layout Standard
33467 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33468 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33474 \begin_layout Standard
33475 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33476 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33482 \begin_layout Standard
33484 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33490 \begin_layout Standard
33492 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33498 \begin_layout Standard
33500 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33507 \begin_layout Itemize
33520 \begin_layout Standard
33522 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33528 \begin_layout Standard
33530 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33536 \begin_layout Standard
33538 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33544 \begin_layout Standard
33546 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33552 \begin_layout Standard
33554 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33560 \begin_layout Standard
33562 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33569 \begin_layout Standard
33570 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33571 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33572 Also make sure you're using the
33579 \begin_layout Chapter
33582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33584 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33591 \begin_layout Standard
33592 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33593 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33594 inside the user's guide.
33597 \begin_layout Section
33602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33611 \begin_layout Standard
33616 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33617 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33620 \begin_layout Subsection
33624 \begin_layout Standard
33625 Creates a new document.
33628 \begin_layout Subsection
33632 \begin_layout Standard
33633 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33634 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33635 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33638 \begin_layout Subsection
33642 \begin_layout Standard
33646 \begin_layout Subsection
33650 \begin_layout Standard
33651 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33652 Click there on a file to open it.
33655 \begin_layout Subsection
33659 \begin_layout Standard
33660 Closes the current document.
33663 \begin_layout Subsection
33667 \begin_layout Standard
33668 Saves the actual document.
33671 \begin_layout Subsection
33675 \begin_layout Standard
33676 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33679 \begin_layout Subsection
33683 \begin_layout Standard
33684 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33687 \begin_layout Subsection
33691 \begin_layout Standard
33692 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33693 It is described in the section
33695 Version Control in LyX
33700 \begin_inset space ~
33708 \begin_layout Subsection
33712 \begin_layout Standard
33713 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33714 text files (ASCII-files).
33715 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33718 \begin_layout Standard
33719 When using the menu
33722 \begin_inset space ~
33726 \begin_inset space ~
33731 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33732 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33733 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33734 will start a new paragraph.
33737 \begin_layout Subsection
33739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33748 \begin_layout Standard
33749 You can export your document to various file formats.
33750 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33751 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33752 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33755 \begin_layout Standard
33756 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33758 \begin_inset space ~
33762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33764 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33771 \begin_layout Description
33775 \begin_inset space ~
33780 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33781 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33784 \begin_layout Description
33792 \begin_layout Description
33793 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33797 \begin_layout Description
33799 \begin_inset space ~
33803 \begin_inset space ~
33806 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33810 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33818 \begin_layout Description
33825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33833 \begin_inset space ~
33838 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33839 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33843 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33846 \begin_layout Description
33853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33861 \begin_inset space ~
33866 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33867 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33875 \begin_layout Description
33877 \begin_inset space ~
33880 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33888 is replaced by the version number)
33891 \begin_layout Description
33892 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33905 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33909 \begin_layout Description
33914 PDF-format using the program
33919 \begin_layout Description
33923 \begin_inset space ~
33928 PDF-format using the program
33933 \begin_layout Description
33937 \begin_inset space ~
33942 PDF-format using the program
33947 \begin_layout Description
33951 \begin_inset space ~
33959 \begin_layout Description
33963 \begin_inset space ~
33967 \begin_inset space ~
33972 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
33973 and then exported as text using the program
33978 \begin_layout Description
33983 PostScript format using the program
33988 \begin_layout Description
33996 \begin_layout Standard
34001 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
34002 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34008 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
34011 \begin_layout Standard
34012 If one of the menu entries
34019 \begin_inset space ~
34028 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34029 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34030 \begin_inset space ~
34034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34036 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34045 Reconfiguration of LyX
34053 \begin_layout Standard
34058 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34059 the export program.
34062 \begin_layout Subsection
34066 \begin_layout Standard
34067 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34068 or send it to a printer.
34069 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34070 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34076 For more informations have a look at section
34077 \begin_inset space ~
34081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34083 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34090 \begin_layout Subsection
34091 New and Close Window
34094 \begin_layout Standard
34095 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34096 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34099 \begin_layout Section
34104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34113 \begin_layout Subsection
34117 \begin_layout Standard
34118 Described in section
34119 \begin_inset space ~
34123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34125 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34132 \begin_layout Subsection
34133 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34136 \begin_layout Standard
34137 Described in section
34138 \begin_inset space ~
34142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34144 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34151 \begin_layout Subsection
34155 \begin_layout Standard
34156 Selects the whole document.
34159 \begin_layout Subsection
34163 \begin_layout Standard
34164 Described in section
34165 \begin_inset space ~
34169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34171 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34178 \begin_layout Subsection
34179 Move paragraph Up/Down
34182 \begin_layout Standard
34183 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34187 \begin_layout Subsection
34191 \begin_layout Standard
34192 Described in section
34193 \begin_inset space ~
34197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34199 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34206 \begin_layout Subsection
34211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34212 Paragraph ! Settings
34220 \begin_layout Standard
34221 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34223 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34226 \begin_layout Standard
34227 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34228 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34231 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34237 \begin_inset space ~
34245 \begin_layout Subsection
34249 \begin_layout Standard
34250 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34251 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34252 The properties of tables are described in section
34253 \begin_inset space ~
34257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34259 reference "sec:Tables"
34263 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34264 \begin_inset space ~
34268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34270 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34277 \begin_layout Subsection
34278 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34281 \begin_layout Standard
34282 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34284 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34285 \begin_inset space ~
34289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34291 reference "sec:Nesting"
34296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34298 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34305 \begin_layout Section
34310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34319 \begin_layout Standard
34324 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34325 document with an external program.
34326 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34327 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34328 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34329 \begin_inset space ~
34333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34335 reference "sub:Export"
34340 You should at least see the menu entries
34347 \begin_inset space ~
34353 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34354 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34355 \begin_inset space ~
34359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34361 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34370 Reconfiguration of LyX
34378 \begin_layout Standard
34379 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34380 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34381 \begin_inset space ~
34385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34387 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34392 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34395 \begin_layout Standard
34396 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34399 At the bottom of the
34403 menu the opened documents are listed.
34406 \begin_layout Subsection
34410 \begin_layout Standard
34411 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34413 \begin_inset space ~
34417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34419 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34426 \begin_layout Subsection
34430 \begin_layout Standard
34431 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34432 opening a new view window.
34435 \begin_layout Subsection
34437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34439 name "sub:Toolbars"
34447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34456 \begin_layout Standard
34457 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34458 All toolbars and the
34461 \begin_inset space ~
34466 can be turned on and off.
34471 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34483 \begin_inset space ~
34492 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34496 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34503 \begin_layout Standard
34508 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34512 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34513 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34514 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34515 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34516 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34519 \begin_layout Standard
34520 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34521 \begin_inset space ~
34525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34527 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34534 \begin_layout Section
34539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34548 \begin_layout Subsection
34552 \begin_layout Standard
34553 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34554 \begin_inset space ~
34558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34560 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34567 \begin_layout Subsection
34569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34571 name "sub:Special-Character"
34578 \begin_layout Standard
34579 Here you can insert the following characters:
34582 \begin_layout Description
34583 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34587 \begin_layout Description
34589 \begin_inset space ~
34593 \begin_inset space ~
34596 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34597 \begin_inset space ~
34601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34603 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34610 \begin_layout Description
34612 \begin_inset space ~
34615 Quote Inserts this quote:
34616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34619 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34621 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34631 \begin_layout Description
34633 \begin_inset space ~
34636 Quote Inserts this quote:
34637 \begin_inset Quotes els
34643 \begin_layout Description
34645 \begin_inset space ~
34648 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34652 \begin_layout Description
34654 \begin_inset space ~
34661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34672 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34677 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34678 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34679 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34688 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34694 \begin_inset Newline newline
34697 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
34701 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34709 and this Wiki-page:
34710 \begin_inset Newline newline
34714 \begin_inset Flex URL
34717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34719 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34727 \begin_layout Subsection
34731 \begin_layout Standard
34732 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34735 \begin_layout Description
34736 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34737 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34743 \begin_layout Description
34744 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34745 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34751 \begin_layout Description
34753 \begin_inset space ~
34756 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34757 \begin_inset space ~
34761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34763 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34770 \begin_layout Description
34772 \begin_inset space ~
34775 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34776 \begin_inset space ~
34780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34782 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34789 \begin_layout Description
34791 \begin_inset space ~
34794 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34795 \begin_inset space ~
34799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34801 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34808 \begin_layout Description
34810 \begin_inset space ~
34813 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34814 \begin_inset space ~
34818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34820 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34827 \begin_layout Description
34829 \begin_inset space ~
34832 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34833 \begin_inset space ~
34837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34839 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34846 \begin_layout Description
34848 \begin_inset space ~
34851 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34852 \begin_inset space ~
34856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34858 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34865 \begin_layout Description
34867 \begin_inset space ~
34870 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34871 \begin_inset space ~
34875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34877 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34884 \begin_layout Description
34886 \begin_inset space ~
34889 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34890 \begin_inset space ~
34894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34896 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34903 \begin_layout Description
34905 \begin_inset space ~
34908 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34909 \begin_inset space ~
34913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34915 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
34922 \begin_layout Description
34924 \begin_inset space ~
34927 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
34928 \begin_inset space ~
34932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34934 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
34941 \begin_layout Description
34943 \begin_inset space ~
34946 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
34947 \begin_inset space ~
34951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34953 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34960 \begin_layout Description
34962 \begin_inset space ~
34966 \begin_inset space ~
34969 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
34970 \begin_inset space ~
34974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34976 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
34983 \begin_layout Subsection
34987 \begin_layout Standard
34988 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
34989 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
34991 \begin_inset space ~
34995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34997 reference "sec:toc"
35002 The index list is described in section
35003 \begin_inset space ~
35007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35009 reference "sec:Index"
35013 , the nomenclature in section
35014 \begin_inset space ~
35018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35020 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35024 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35025 \begin_inset space ~
35029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35031 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35038 \begin_layout Subsection
35042 \begin_layout Standard
35043 To insert floats, described in section
35044 \begin_inset space ~
35048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35050 reference "sec:Floats"
35057 \begin_layout Subsection
35061 \begin_layout Standard
35062 To insert notes, described in section
35063 \begin_inset space ~
35067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35069 reference "sec:Notes"
35076 \begin_layout Subsection
35080 \begin_layout Standard
35081 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35082 \begin_inset space ~
35086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35088 reference "sec:Branches"
35095 \begin_layout Subsection
35100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35109 \begin_layout Standard
35110 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35111 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35122 \begin_layout Subsection
35127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35136 \begin_layout Standard
35137 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35138 \begin_inset space ~
35142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35144 reference "sec:Minipages"
35149 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35160 \begin_layout Subsection
35164 \begin_layout Standard
35165 Inserts a citation as described in section
35166 \begin_inset space ~
35170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35172 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35179 \begin_layout Subsection
35183 \begin_layout Standard
35184 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35185 \begin_inset space ~
35189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35191 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35198 \begin_layout Subsection
35202 \begin_layout Standard
35203 Inserts a label as described in section
35204 \begin_inset space ~
35208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35210 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35217 \begin_layout Subsection
35222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35233 Longtables ! Caption
35241 \begin_layout Standard
35242 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35243 Floats are described in section
35244 \begin_inset space ~
35248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35250 reference "sec:Floats"
35254 , cations in longtables are described in section
35265 \begin_layout Subsection
35269 \begin_layout Standard
35270 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35271 \begin_inset space ~
35275 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35277 reference "sec:Index"
35284 \begin_layout Subsection
35288 \begin_layout Standard
35289 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35290 \begin_inset space ~
35294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35296 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35303 \begin_layout Subsection
35307 \begin_layout Standard
35309 Tables are described in section
35310 \begin_inset space ~
35314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35316 reference "sec:Tables"
35323 \begin_layout Subsection
35327 \begin_layout Standard
35329 Graphics are described in section
35330 \begin_inset space ~
35334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35336 reference "sec:Graphics"
35343 \begin_layout Subsection
35347 \begin_layout Standard
35348 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35349 \begin_inset space ~
35353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35355 reference "sec:URL"
35362 \begin_layout Subsection
35366 \begin_layout Standard
35367 Inserts a footnote, see section
35368 \begin_inset space ~
35372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35374 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35381 \begin_layout Subsection
35385 \begin_layout Standard
35386 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35387 \begin_inset space ~
35391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35393 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35400 \begin_layout Subsection
35404 \begin_layout Standard
35405 Inserts a short title, see section
35406 \begin_inset space ~
35410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35412 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35419 \begin_layout Subsection
35423 \begin_layout Standard
35424 Inserts an ERT box, see section
35425 \begin_inset space ~
35429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35431 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
35438 \begin_layout Subsection
35443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35452 \begin_layout Standard
35453 Inserts a program listings box.
35454 Program listings are explained in chapter
35456 Program Code Listings
35465 \begin_layout Subsection
35469 \begin_layout Standard
35470 Inserts the actual date.
35471 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35473 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35483 There the different methods are also compared.
35486 \begin_layout Section
35491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35500 \begin_layout Standard
35501 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35502 the current document.
35503 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35506 \begin_layout Standard
35507 The Navigate menu also offers to
35510 \begin_layout Subsection
35514 \begin_layout Standard
35515 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35516 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35519 \begin_inset space ~
35523 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35524 \begin_inset space ~
35527 2.5 and use the menu
35530 \begin_inset space ~
35534 \begin_inset space ~
35541 \begin_inset space ~
35547 \begin_inset space ~
35551 \begin_inset space ~
35557 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35569 \begin_layout Standard
35570 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35571 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35574 \begin_layout Subsection
35575 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35578 \begin_layout Standard
35579 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35583 \begin_layout Subsection
35587 \begin_layout Standard
35588 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35589 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35590 on a cross-reference box.
35593 \begin_layout Section
35598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35607 \begin_layout Subsection
35611 \begin_layout Standard
35612 Change Tracking is described in section
35613 \begin_inset space ~
35617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35619 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35626 \begin_layout Subsection
35631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35641 \begin_layout Standard
35642 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35644 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35647 \begin_layout Standard
35648 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35653 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35656 \begin_layout Subsection
35660 \begin_layout Standard
35661 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35662 \begin_inset space ~
35666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35668 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35675 \begin_layout Subsection
35676 Start Appendix Here
35679 \begin_layout Standard
35680 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35681 position as described in section
35682 \begin_inset space ~
35686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35688 reference "sec:Appendices"
35695 \begin_layout Subsection
35699 \begin_layout Standard
35700 Un/compresses the actual document.
35703 \begin_layout Subsection
35705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35707 name "sub:Settings"
35715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35716 Document ! Settings
35724 \begin_layout Standard
35725 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35727 You can save your document settings as default with the
35729 Save as Document Defaults
35731 button in the dialog.
35732 This will create a template named
35736 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35740 \begin_layout Standard
35741 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35744 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35748 \begin_layout Standard
35749 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35750 Document classes are described in section
35751 \begin_inset space ~
35755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35757 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35762 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35767 , the default driver for the Latex@LaTeX-packages are used.
35768 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35771 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35775 \begin_layout Standard
35776 The document font settings are described in section
35777 \begin_inset space ~
35781 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35783 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35790 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35794 \begin_layout Standard
35795 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35797 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35801 \begin_layout Standard
35802 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35803 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35804 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35807 \begin_layout Standard
35808 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35816 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35820 \begin_layout Standard
35821 A description of this menu is given in section
35822 \begin_inset space ~
35826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35828 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35835 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35842 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35846 \begin_layout Standard
35847 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35848 \begin_inset space ~
35852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35854 reference "sub:Margins"
35861 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35867 Language ! Encoding
35875 \begin_layout Standard
35876 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35877 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35878 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35879 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35880 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35881 known for a particular character).
35885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35886 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35887 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35892 manual for details.
35900 \begin_layout Standard
35901 If you use the option
35903 use language's default encoding
35905 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35907 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35908 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35909 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35910 exactly one encoding.
35911 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
35919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35920 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
35921 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
35923 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
35924 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35938 \begin_layout Standard
35939 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
35940 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
35941 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
35942 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
35943 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
35944 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
35947 use language's default encoding
35949 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
35950 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
35951 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
35954 \begin_layout Standard
35955 Here is a list with the important encodings:
35958 \begin_layout Description
35960 \begin_inset space ~
35965 use language's default encoding
35967 , but the LaTeX-package
35975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35976 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
35982 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
35985 \begin_layout Description
35986 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
35989 \begin_layout Description
35990 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
35991 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
35994 \begin_layout Description
35995 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
35998 \begin_layout Description
35999 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36002 \begin_layout Description
36003 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36006 \begin_layout Description
36007 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36010 \begin_layout Description
36011 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36014 \begin_layout Description
36015 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36016 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36019 \begin_layout Description
36020 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36021 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36024 \begin_layout Description
36025 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36028 \begin_layout Description
36029 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36032 \begin_layout Description
36033 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36036 \begin_layout Description
36037 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36040 \begin_layout Description
36041 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36042 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36043 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36047 \begin_layout Description
36048 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36049 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36052 \begin_layout Description
36053 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36057 \begin_layout Description
36058 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36061 \begin_layout Description
36062 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36063 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36066 \begin_layout Description
36067 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36068 the euro currency sign, the
36072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36081 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36082 be the replacement for latin1
36085 \begin_layout Description
36086 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36089 \begin_layout Description
36090 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36099 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36104 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
36107 \begin_layout Description
36108 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36112 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
36115 \begin_layout Description
36116 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36125 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36130 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36133 \begin_layout Description
36134 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36138 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36147 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36148 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36162 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36166 \begin_layout Standard
36167 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36169 \begin_inset space ~
36173 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36175 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36182 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36186 \begin_layout Standard
36187 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36196 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36210 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36216 For a further description see section
36217 \begin_inset space ~
36221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36223 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36230 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36234 \begin_layout Standard
36235 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36244 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36258 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36263 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36266 \begin_layout Standard
36271 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36272 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36275 \begin_layout Standard
36280 is used for special integral characters.
36283 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36287 \begin_layout Standard
36288 The float placement options are described in section
36289 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36295 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36302 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36306 \begin_layout Standard
36307 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36308 The itemize environment is described in section
36309 \begin_inset space ~
36313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36315 reference "sec:Itemize"
36322 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36326 \begin_layout Standard
36327 Branches are described in section
36328 \begin_inset space ~
36332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36334 reference "sec:Branches"
36341 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36356 \begin_layout Standard
36357 In this text field are entered commands to load special Latex@LaTeX-packages
36358 or to define LaTeX-commands.
36359 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36360 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36364 \begin_layout Standard
36365 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36366 \begin_inset space ~
36370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36372 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36379 \begin_layout Section
36384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36393 \begin_layout Subsection
36397 \begin_layout Standard
36398 Spell checking is explained in section
36399 \begin_inset space ~
36403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36405 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36412 \begin_layout Subsection
36416 \begin_layout Standard
36417 The thesaurus is described in section
36418 \begin_inset space ~
36422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36424 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36431 \begin_layout Subsection
36436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36445 \begin_layout Standard
36446 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36450 \begin_layout Subsection
36455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36464 \begin_layout Standard
36465 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36468 \begin_layout Subsection
36473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36474 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36485 Reconfiguration of LyX
36489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36506 Reconfiguration of LyX
36514 \begin_layout Standard
36515 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36516 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36517 \begin_inset space ~
36521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36523 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36530 \begin_layout Subsection
36534 \begin_layout Standard
36535 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36536 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36542 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36549 \begin_layout Section
36554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36563 \begin_layout Standard
36564 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36568 \begin_layout Standard
36572 \begin_inset space ~
36577 shows a LyX-document with informations about the Latex@LaTeX-packages and
36578 classes found by LyX (see also section
36579 \begin_inset space ~
36583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36585 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36592 \begin_layout Section
36594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36596 name "sec:Toolbars"
36603 \begin_layout Standard
36604 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36605 \begin_inset space ~
36609 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36611 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36618 \begin_layout Standard
36619 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36620 This is described in the
36627 \begin_layout Subsection
36632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36641 \begin_layout Standard
36642 \begin_inset Graphics
36643 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36651 \begin_layout Standard
36652 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36658 \begin_layout Standard
36659 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36676 \begin_inset Note Note
36679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36680 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36685 manual for more information.
36693 \begin_layout Standard
36694 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36700 \begin_layout Standard
36701 \begin_inset Tabular
36702 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36703 <features islongtable="true">
36704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36705 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36711 \begin_inset Graphics
36712 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36726 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36739 \begin_layout Standard
36740 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36746 \begin_layout Standard
36748 \begin_inset Tabular
36749 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36750 <features islongtable="true">
36751 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36752 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36753 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36760 \begin_inset Graphics
36761 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36762 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36777 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36784 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36789 \begin_inset Graphics
36790 filename ../images/file-open.png
36791 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36806 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36813 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36818 \begin_inset Graphics
36819 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36820 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36835 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36842 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36847 \begin_inset Graphics
36848 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36849 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36864 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36871 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36876 \begin_inset Graphics
36877 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36878 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36893 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36900 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36905 \begin_inset Graphics
36906 filename ../images/undo.png
36907 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36922 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36929 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36934 \begin_inset Graphics
36935 filename ../images/redo.png
36936 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36951 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36958 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36963 \begin_inset Graphics
36964 filename ../images/cut.png
36965 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36980 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36987 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36992 \begin_inset Graphics
36993 filename ../images/copy.png
36994 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37009 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37016 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37021 \begin_inset Graphics
37022 filename ../images/paste.png
37023 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37038 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37045 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37050 \begin_inset Graphics
37051 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37052 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37053 rotateOrigin center
37062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37070 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37074 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37083 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37088 \begin_inset Graphics
37089 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37090 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37103 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37105 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37107 \begin_inset space ~
37118 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37123 \begin_inset Graphics
37124 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37125 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37138 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37140 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37142 \begin_inset space ~
37153 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37158 \begin_inset Graphics
37159 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37160 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37173 Formats text using the current settings in the
37175 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37177 \begin_inset space ~
37188 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37193 \begin_inset Graphics
37194 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37195 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37211 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37213 \begin_inset space ~
37222 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37227 \begin_inset Graphics
37228 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37229 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37230 rotateOrigin center
37239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37245 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37252 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37257 \begin_inset Graphics
37258 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37259 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37260 rotateOrigin center
37269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37282 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37287 \begin_inset Graphics
37288 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37289 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37290 rotateOrigin center
37299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37303 Toggle outline window on/off,
37305 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37312 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37317 \begin_inset Graphics
37318 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37319 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37320 rotateOrigin center
37329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37333 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37339 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37344 \begin_inset Graphics
37345 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37346 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37347 rotateOrigin center
37356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37360 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37373 \begin_layout Subsection
37378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37387 \begin_layout Standard
37388 \begin_inset Graphics
37389 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37397 \begin_layout Standard
37398 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37404 \begin_layout Standard
37405 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37409 \begin_layout Standard
37410 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37416 \begin_layout Standard
37417 \begin_inset Tabular
37418 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37419 <features islongtable="true">
37420 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37421 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37422 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37427 \begin_inset Graphics
37428 filename ../images/layout.png
37429 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37430 rotateOrigin center
37439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37454 \begin_inset Graphics
37455 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37456 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37457 rotateOrigin center
37466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37476 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37481 \begin_inset Graphics
37482 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37483 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37484 rotateOrigin center
37493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37503 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37508 \begin_inset Graphics
37509 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37510 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37511 rotateOrigin center
37520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37530 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37535 \begin_inset Graphics
37536 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37537 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37538 rotateOrigin center
37547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37557 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37562 \begin_inset Graphics
37563 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37564 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37565 rotateOrigin center
37574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37580 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37582 \begin_inset space ~
37586 \begin_inset space ~
37595 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37600 \begin_inset Graphics
37601 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37602 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37603 rotateOrigin center
37612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37618 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37620 \begin_inset space ~
37624 \begin_inset space ~
37633 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37638 \begin_inset Graphics
37639 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37640 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37655 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37656 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37663 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37668 \begin_inset Graphics
37669 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37670 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37686 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37698 \begin_inset Graphics
37699 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37700 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37715 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37722 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37727 \begin_inset Graphics
37728 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37729 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37744 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37751 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37756 \begin_inset Graphics
37757 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37758 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37773 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37780 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37785 \begin_inset Graphics
37786 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37787 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37802 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37804 \begin_inset space ~
37813 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37818 \begin_inset Graphics
37819 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37820 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37835 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37837 \begin_inset space ~
37846 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37851 \begin_inset Graphics
37852 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37853 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37868 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37875 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37880 \begin_inset Graphics
37881 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37882 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37883 rotateOrigin center
37892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37898 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37900 \begin_inset space ~
37909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37914 \begin_inset Graphics
37915 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37916 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37932 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37934 \begin_inset space ~
37943 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37948 \begin_inset Graphics
37949 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37950 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37972 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37977 \begin_inset Graphics
37978 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37979 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37994 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38001 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38006 \begin_inset Graphics
38007 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38008 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38045 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38050 \begin_inset Graphics
38051 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38052 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38067 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38068 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38070 \begin_inset space ~
38079 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38084 \begin_inset Graphics
38085 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38086 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38087 rotateOrigin center
38096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38102 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38104 \begin_inset space ~
38113 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38118 \begin_inset Graphics
38119 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38120 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38121 rotateOrigin center
38130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38136 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38138 \begin_inset space ~
38147 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38152 \begin_inset Graphics
38153 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38154 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38155 rotateOrigin center
38164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38170 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38184 \begin_layout Subsection
38185 View / Update Toolbar
38189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38190 Toolbar ! View / Update
38198 \begin_layout Standard
38199 \begin_inset Graphics
38200 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38207 \begin_layout Standard
38208 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38214 \begin_layout Standard
38215 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38219 \begin_layout Standard
38220 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38226 \begin_layout Standard
38227 \begin_inset Tabular
38228 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38229 <features islongtable="true">
38230 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38231 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38232 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38237 \begin_inset Graphics
38238 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38239 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38240 rotateOrigin center
38249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38255 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38262 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38267 \begin_inset Graphics
38268 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38269 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38270 rotateOrigin center
38279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38285 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38286 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38293 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38298 \begin_inset Graphics
38299 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38300 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38301 rotateOrigin center
38310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38316 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38323 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38328 \begin_inset Graphics
38329 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38330 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38331 rotateOrigin center
38340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38346 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38347 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38353 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38354 functionality is merged with
38356 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38371 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38376 \begin_inset Graphics
38377 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38378 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38379 rotateOrigin center
38388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38394 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38401 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38406 \begin_inset Graphics
38407 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38408 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38409 rotateOrigin center
38418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38424 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38425 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38439 \begin_layout Subsection
38443 \begin_layout Standard
38444 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38445 \begin_inset space ~
38449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38451 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38455 , the table toolbar
38459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38465 is explained in the
38472 \begin_layout Chapter
38478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38480 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38497 \begin_layout Standard
38498 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38500 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38503 \begin_layout Section
38507 \begin_layout Subsection
38509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38520 Customization ! of toolbars
38529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38530 Customization ! of menus
38538 \begin_layout Standard
38539 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38547 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38555 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38556 User Interface File
38560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38561 Customization ! of toolbars
38570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38571 Customization ! of menus
38579 \begin_layout Standard
38580 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38581 interface (ui) file.
38582 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38583 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38592 Both files are loaded by the
38597 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38598 files and edit the entries.
38601 \begin_layout Standard
38602 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38614 entries must be ended with an explicit
38639 and in the case of the
38640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38652 The syntax for the entries is:
38655 \begin_layout Standard
38656 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38684 \begin_layout Standard
38686 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38689 All LyX-functions are listed in
38690 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38699 \begin_layout Standard
38700 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38706 \begin_layout Standard
38707 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38709 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38712 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38716 \begin_layout Standard
38717 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38722 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38725 \begin_layout Standard
38727 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38730 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38733 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38747 \begin_layout Standard
38748 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38749 Several binding files are available:
38752 \begin_layout Description
38753 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38756 \begin_layout Description
38757 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38768 \begin_layout Description
38769 mac.bind set of bindings for
38772 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38780 \begin_layout Standard
38781 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38785 , and bind files for special languages.
38786 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38796 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38800 \begin_layout Standard
38801 Some bind-files, like
38805 , have only a small scope.
38806 When looking at the the end of the file
38810 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38813 \begin_layout Standard
38814 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38815 s with a text editor.
38816 The syntax of the entries is:
38819 \begin_layout Standard
38825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38843 \begin_layout Standard
38844 All LyX-functions are listed in
38845 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38854 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38858 \begin_layout Standard
38862 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38866 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38869 restore window size, or use fixed size
38871 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
38875 \begin_layout Standard
38879 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38883 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38886 restore window position
38888 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
38891 \begin_layout Standard
38894 Restore cursor positions
38896 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
38900 \begin_layout Standard
38903 Load opened files from last session
38905 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
38908 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38912 name "sub:Backup documents"
38920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38929 \begin_layout Standard
38934 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
38937 \begin_layout Standard
38942 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
38945 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38947 \begin_inset space ~
38955 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38959 \begin_layout Standard
38962 Cursor follows scrollbar
38964 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
38968 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38972 \begin_layout Standard
38975 Enable Pixmap Cache
38977 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
38978 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
38979 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
38980 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
38982 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
38983 \begin_inset space ~
38989 \begin_layout Subsection
38994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39003 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39010 \begin_layout Standard
39011 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39014 \begin_layout Standard
39015 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39023 This section only deals with the fonts
39028 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39031 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39032 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39043 \begin_layout Standard
39044 By default, LyX uses
39048 as roman (serif) font,
39056 (depends on the system) as
39059 \begin_inset space ~
39075 \begin_layout Standard
39076 You can change the font size with the
39083 \begin_layout Standard
39088 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39089 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39091 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39094 points have the size of 1
39095 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39099 \begin_inset space ~
39103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39105 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39112 \begin_layout Standard
39117 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39118 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39122 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39123 \begin_inset space ~
39127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39129 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39136 \begin_layout Subsection
39141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39160 \begin_layout Standard
39161 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39162 Choose an item in the list and use the
39169 \begin_layout Subsection
39174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39175 Settings ! Graphics
39183 \begin_layout Standard
39184 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39187 \begin_layout Standard
39192 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39193 This feature is described in section
39194 \begin_inset space ~
39198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39200 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39207 \begin_layout Subsection
39212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39223 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39231 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39238 \begin_layout Standard
39239 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39240 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39246 \begin_inset space ~
39249 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39250 can use the keyboard map file named
39257 \begin_layout Standard
39258 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39266 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39274 \begin_layout Section
39279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39290 Settings ! Directory
39298 \begin_layout Description
39300 \begin_inset space ~
39303 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39304 It is the default when you
39315 \begin_inset space ~
39323 \begin_layout Description
39325 \begin_inset space ~
39328 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39330 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39332 \begin_inset space ~
39336 \begin_inset space ~
39344 \begin_layout Description
39346 \begin_inset space ~
39353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39359 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39360 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39361 \begin_inset space ~
39365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39367 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39375 will be used to save the backups.
39376 \begin_inset Newline newline
39379 The backup files have the ending
39380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39390 \begin_layout Description
39395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39402 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39403 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39404 \begin_inset Newline newline
39408 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39416 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39424 \begin_layout Description
39426 \begin_inset space ~
39429 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39432 \begin_layout Description
39434 \begin_inset space ~
39437 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39438 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39439 to find it on the system.
39440 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39441 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39447 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39450 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39451 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39455 \begin_layout Section
39459 \begin_layout Standard
39460 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39461 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39463 \begin_inset space ~
39467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39469 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39473 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39476 \begin_layout Section
39481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39482 Language ! Settings
39491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39492 Settings ! Language
39500 \begin_layout Subsection
39504 \begin_layout Description
39506 \begin_inset space ~
39509 language is the language used in new documents
39512 \begin_layout Description
39514 \begin_inset space ~
39517 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39519 The default is the LaTeX-command
39525 that loads the package
39533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39534 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39535 \begin_inset space ~
39539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39541 reference "sec:ERT"
39551 \begin_inset Newline newline
39558 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39559 the document language.
39560 A text label is for instance the word
39561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39568 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39571 \begin_layout Description
39573 \begin_inset space ~
39576 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39577 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39578 An example is the start command
39584 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39589 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39604 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39609 \begin_layout Description
39611 \begin_inset space ~
39619 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39620 command toggles the package on and off.
39623 \begin_layout Description
39625 \begin_inset space ~
39635 \begin_layout Description
39636 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39637 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39638 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
39639 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39646 \begin_layout Description
39648 \begin_inset space ~
39651 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39653 When this option is not set, the
39656 \begin_inset space ~
39661 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39662 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39665 \begin_inset space ~
39673 \begin_layout Description
39675 \begin_inset space ~
39681 \begin_inset space ~
39687 When it is not set, the
39690 \begin_inset space ~
39695 is set to the end of the document.
39698 \begin_layout Description
39700 \begin_inset space ~
39704 \begin_inset space ~
39707 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39708 language will be underlined blue.
39711 \begin_layout Description
39713 \begin_inset space ~
39717 \begin_inset space ~
39721 \begin_inset space ~
39725 \begin_inset space ~
39728 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39732 \begin_layout Subsection
39736 \begin_layout Standard
39737 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39738 \begin_inset space ~
39742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39744 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39751 \begin_layout Section
39755 \begin_layout Subsection
39757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39786 \begin_layout Description
39788 \begin_inset space ~
39791 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39792 The name will be used when the
39797 \begin_inset Newline newline
39801 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39809 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39818 \begin_layout Description
39820 \begin_inset space ~
39824 \begin_inset space ~
39828 \begin_inset space ~
39831 printer This option works only for the
39836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39848 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
39849 This is an option only for dvips experts.
39852 \begin_layout Description
39854 \begin_inset space ~
39857 command is the command LyX
39858 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39862 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39865 LaTeX uses for printing.
39866 The default is on most systems
39873 \begin_layout Description
39875 \begin_inset space ~
39879 \begin_inset space ~
39882 Options Here you can specify printer options.
39883 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
39884 of the program that provides the
39891 \begin_layout Subsection
39896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39907 Settings ! Date format
39915 \begin_layout Standard
39916 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
39917 \begin_inset Newline newline
39921 \begin_inset Flex URL
39924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39926 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
39932 \begin_inset Newline newline
39935 For example the format
39936 \begin_inset Newline newline
39940 \begin_inset Newline newline
39943 prints the date as day/month/year.
39946 \begin_layout Subsection
39950 \begin_layout Description
39952 \begin_inset space ~
39956 \begin_inset space ~
39959 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
39962 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39963 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39965 \begin_inset space ~
39971 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
39975 \begin_layout Description
39977 \begin_inset space ~
39980 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
39985 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
39986 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
39989 \begin_layout Subsection
39994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40004 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40013 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40021 \begin_layout Description
40026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40034 \begin_inset space ~
40037 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40042 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40064 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40077 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40078 LyX sets up in the background.
40079 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40082 \begin_layout Description
40084 \begin_inset space ~
40088 \begin_inset space ~
40091 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40096 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40099 \begin_layout Description
40101 \begin_inset space ~
40105 \begin_inset space ~
40109 \begin_inset space ~
40113 \begin_inset space ~
40117 \begin_inset space ~
40121 \begin_inset space ~
40124 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40126 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40129 dialog when changing the document class.
40132 \begin_layout Standard
40135 External Applications
40137 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40138 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40139 manuals of the applications.
40140 Currently the following commands can be set:
40143 \begin_layout Description
40148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40156 \begin_inset space ~
40159 command Command for the program
40163 that is described in section
40174 \begin_layout Description
40179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40187 \begin_inset space ~
40190 command Command for the program
40194 that generates the bibliography, see section
40195 \begin_inset space ~
40199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40201 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40208 \begin_layout Description
40210 \begin_inset space ~
40213 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40214 \begin_inset space ~
40218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40220 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40227 \begin_layout Description
40229 \begin_inset space ~
40233 \begin_inset space ~
40237 \begin_inset space ~
40241 \begin_inset space ~
40244 options They only have an effect when the program
40248 is used as DVI-viewer.
40251 \begin_layout Subsection
40256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40275 \begin_layout Standard
40280 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40283 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40285 uses the Windows path style:
40288 \begin_layout Standard
40296 \begin_layout Standard
40297 instead of the Unix path style:
40300 \begin_layout Standard
40304 \begin_layout Section
40309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40318 \begin_layout Standard
40319 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40320 from one format to another.
40321 You can modify them or create new ones.
40322 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40329 \begin_inset space ~
40339 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40343 \begin_inset space ~
40348 drop-down list, modify the
40352 field, and press the
40359 \begin_layout Standard
40362 Converter File Cache
40364 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40367 Maximum Age (in days
40370 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40371 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40374 \begin_layout Standard
40375 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40376 the converter definition, is described in section
40387 \begin_layout Section
40392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40401 name "sec:File-Formats"
40408 \begin_layout Standard
40409 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40410 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40412 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40420 \begin_inset space ~
40432 \begin_layout Standard
40433 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40434 is described in section
40445 \begin_layout Section
40450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40459 \begin_layout Standard
40460 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40461 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40462 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40463 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40464 This is done by a Copier.
40467 \begin_layout Standard
40468 More about converters is described in section
40479 \begin_layout Chapter
40480 Units available in LyX
40484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40491 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40493 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40500 \begin_layout Standard
40501 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40504 reference "cap:Units"
40508 explains all units available in LyX.
40511 \begin_layout Standard
40512 \begin_inset Float table
40518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40519 \begin_inset Caption
40521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40537 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40545 \begin_inset Tabular
40546 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40548 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40549 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40645 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40649 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40673 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40677 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40700 scaled point (65536
40701 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40705 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40729 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40733 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40761 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40789 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40793 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40816 % of original image width
40823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41005 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41009 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41030 \begin_layout Chapter
41032 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41041 \begin_layout Standard
41042 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41043 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41046 \begin_layout Itemize
41049 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41052 \begin_layout Itemize
41058 \begin_layout Itemize
41064 \begin_layout Itemize
41070 \begin_layout Itemize
41076 \begin_layout Itemize
41082 \begin_layout Itemize
41088 \begin_layout Itemize
41094 \begin_layout Itemize
41097 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41100 \begin_layout Itemize
41106 \begin_layout Itemize
41112 \begin_layout Itemize
41118 \begin_layout Itemize
41124 \begin_layout Itemize
41130 \begin_layout Itemize
41136 \begin_layout Itemize
41142 \begin_layout Itemize
41148 \begin_layout Itemize
41150 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41159 \begin_layout Standard
41160 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41163 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41170 \begin_layout Bibliography
41171 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41172 LatexCommand bibitem
41179 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41182 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41187 \begin_inset Newline newline
41191 \begin_inset Flex URL
41194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41196 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41204 \begin_layout Bibliography
41205 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41206 LatexCommand bibitem
41207 key "latexcompanion"
41211 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41213 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41216 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41219 \begin_layout Bibliography
41220 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41221 LatexCommand bibitem
41226 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41229 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41232 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41235 \begin_layout Bibliography
41236 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41237 LatexCommand bibitem
41244 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41247 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41250 \begin_layout Bibliography
41251 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41252 LatexCommand bibitem
41264 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41267 \begin_layout Bibliography
41268 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41269 LatexCommand bibitem
41275 \begin_inset Newline newline
41279 \begin_inset Flex URL
41282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41284 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41292 \begin_layout Bibliography
41293 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41294 LatexCommand bibitem
41300 \begin_inset Newline newline
41304 \begin_inset Flex URL
41307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41309 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41317 \begin_layout Bibliography
41318 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41319 LatexCommand bibitem
41325 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41327 name "Documentation"
41328 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41337 \begin_inset Newline newline
41341 \begin_inset Flex URL
41344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41346 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41354 \begin_layout Bibliography
41355 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41356 LatexCommand bibitem
41362 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41364 name "Documentation"
41365 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41374 \begin_inset Newline newline
41378 \begin_inset Flex URL
41381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41383 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41391 \begin_layout Bibliography
41392 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41393 LatexCommand bibitem
41399 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41401 name "Documentation"
41402 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41406 of the LaTeX-package
41414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41415 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41421 \begin_inset Newline newline
41425 \begin_inset Flex URL
41428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41430 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41438 \begin_layout Bibliography
41439 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41440 LatexCommand bibitem
41446 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41448 name "Documentation"
41449 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41453 of the LaTeX-package
41461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41462 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41468 \begin_inset Newline newline
41472 \begin_inset Flex URL
41475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41477 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41485 \begin_layout Bibliography
41486 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41487 LatexCommand bibitem
41493 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41495 name "Documentation"
41496 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41500 of the LaTeX-package
41508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41509 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41515 \begin_inset Newline newline
41519 \begin_inset Flex URL
41522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41524 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41532 \begin_layout Bibliography
41533 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41534 LatexCommand bibitem
41540 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41542 name "Documentation"
41543 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41547 of the LaTeX-package
41555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41556 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41562 \begin_inset Newline newline
41566 \begin_inset Flex URL
41569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41571 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41579 \begin_layout Bibliography
41580 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41581 LatexCommand bibitem
41587 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41589 name "Documentation"
41590 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41594 of the LaTeX-package
41602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41603 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41609 \begin_inset Newline newline
41613 \begin_inset Flex URL
41616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41618 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41626 \begin_layout Bibliography
41627 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41628 LatexCommand bibitem
41634 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41637 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41641 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41642 \begin_inset Newline newline
41646 \begin_inset Flex URL
41649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41651 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41659 \begin_layout Bibliography
41660 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41661 LatexCommand bibitem
41667 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41670 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41674 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41675 \begin_inset Newline newline
41679 \begin_inset Flex URL
41682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41684 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41692 \begin_layout Bibliography
41693 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41694 LatexCommand bibitem
41700 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41703 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41707 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41708 \begin_inset Newline newline
41712 \begin_inset Flex URL
41715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41717 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41725 \begin_layout Bibliography
41726 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41727 LatexCommand bibitem
41733 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41736 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41740 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41741 \begin_inset Newline newline
41745 \begin_inset Flex URL
41748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41750 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41758 \begin_layout Bibliography
41759 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41760 LatexCommand bibitem
41766 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41769 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41773 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41774 \begin_inset Newline newline
41778 \begin_inset Flex URL
41781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41783 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41791 \begin_layout Bibliography
41792 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41793 LatexCommand bibitem
41799 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41802 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41806 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41807 \begin_inset Newline newline
41811 \begin_inset Flex URL
41814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41816 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41824 \begin_layout Bibliography
41825 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41826 LatexCommand bibitem
41832 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41835 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41839 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41840 \begin_inset Newline newline
41844 \begin_inset Flex URL
41847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41849 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41857 \begin_layout Bibliography
41858 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41859 LatexCommand bibitem
41865 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41868 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41872 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41873 \begin_inset Newline newline
41877 \begin_inset Flex URL
41880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41882 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
41890 \begin_layout Bibliography
41891 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41892 LatexCommand bibitem
41898 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41901 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
41905 about new features in
41910 \begin_inset Newline newline
41914 \begin_inset Flex URL
41917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41919 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
41927 \begin_layout Standard
41928 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41962 \begin_inset Note Note
41965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41972 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
41973 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
41974 bibliography is the second one:
41982 \begin_layout Standard
41983 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
41984 LatexCommand bibtex
41985 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
41986 options "biblio/alphadin"
41993 \begin_layout Standard
41994 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
41997 \begin_layout Standard
42000 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42001 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42006 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42007 LatexCommand printindex